Home

SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

1. MMY MAP0724HT6UL 2 Wiring Diagrams 2 1 Outdoor uni Models JULIE e uo BEI 2 pogod 2 4 19414 na 10j2euuo 5 2 TT ruwa DN E awa 909992 E jeuruue s
2. SIND p pieoq d 281481 Jeue Jo e o 10jeuuoo E Uo poj ejsur spseog 27419 SN bns jas frena oss ruwaj o mja n mata a 119 4 m ios e 0 0900 vo vo o9 59 Foren dad euet CT wor timor aae 8 808 808 i 3 EEREBEDS E c _ _ oc 0 7 LA 1
3. CAS CM ELI CU Wd 4d 7 p FS lt L1 1 PN dh gey 2 KY 05 0590609 gt 6 _ 5 ___ lt r3 ih 4 Wi Way valve re eS Pressure sensor ressure sensor high pressure Y TS1 high pressure 3 Pressure sensor Pressin sensor TL O low pressure low pressure Y Liquid tank Liquid tank f 1 1 1 y Y 1 e T M 4 saa i e AN AN Sf M 95 X LI 4 m gt Liquid pipe ___ ___ pipe t p Gas side service valve Lae Full closure Balance pipe packed valve Full opening Gas pipe 4 Liquid pipe DENIS ARE e Fa 2 Puy Bl B lt a Tt 4 10 High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Refrigerant recovery line Not
4. 0 S gt H 06 SWO07 swag SW10 0 8 ON ON ON ON um m 1234 1234 1234 SW12 5 13 5 14 ON ON dfn Gu i 3 12 34 1234 1234 SW17 ON 1234 506 Three compressor model Bit 1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Factory default setting OFF OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 1 front left is faulty ON OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 2 front center is faulty OFF ON OFF OFF When compressor No 3 front right is faulty OFF OFF ON OFF 506 Two compressor model Bit 1 Bit2 Bit 4 Factory default setting OFF OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 1 front left is faulty ON OFF OFF OFF When compressor No 2 front right is faulty OFF ON OFF OFF 3 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system This is the end of compressor backup operation setting 182 10 3 Outdoor unit backup operation setting lt Outline gt This product allows outdoor unit backup operation setting to be performed either at the header unit or a follower unit If any of the fault modes specified below occurs to one of the outdoor units in a multi outdoor unit system proceed with outdoor unit backup operation Acompressor failure
5. 187 SWO07 SWO09 SW10 ON ON ON E HN E m m NM m m m m 1234 1234 1234 SW12 SW13 SW14 ON ON ON m m m E EH EH EN 1234 1234 1234 1234 SW16 SW17 ON ON m m m E 1234 1234 1 1 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Recovery Method 11 1 Refrigerant recovery from failed outdoor unit pump down This product supports refrigerant pump down a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units 11 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery operation When performing pump down operation take note of the following matters Note 1 The pump down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors After pump down is completed recover any residual gas using a refrigerant recovery device etc and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump down operation Note 2 If pump down has been performed the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is repaired Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge Note 3 If outdoor PMVs 1 and 2 both happen to be faulty unable to open
6. SW02 SW03 7 segment display B Fan mode SW02 SW03 7 segment display B Fan mode 1 63 63 1 31 31 2 62 62 2 30 30 3 61 61 3 29 29 4 60 60 4 28 28 5 59 59 5 27 27 6 58 58 6 26 26 7 57 57 7 25 25 8 56 56 8 24 24 9 E 55 55 9 5 231 23 10 541 54 10 221 22 11 53 53 11 21 21 12 52 52 12 20 20 13 51 51 13 19 19 14 50 50 14 18 18 15 49 49 15 17 17 16 48 48 16 16 16 1 47 47 1 15 15 2 46 46 2 14 14 3 45 45 3 13 13 4 44 44 4 12 12 5 43 43 5 11 11 6 42 42 6 10 10 7 41 41 7 9 9 8 40 40 8 8 8 9 39 39 9 71 7 10 38 38 10 6 6 11 37 37 11 5 5 12 36 36 12 4 4 13 35 35 13 3 3 14 34 34 14 2 2 15 33 33 15 1 1 16 32 32 16 0 0 Clear This function is cleared by one of the following operations 1 When SW01 setting number was changed to other number 2 Press switch SW05 was pressed for 2 seconds or more 103 8 7 9 Abnormal outdoor unit discrimination method by fan operating function This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the header unit To specify which one of the follower
7. O d 3 1 1 9 Apog t 109 72 uonoeuuoo JOJOBUUOD leuuou ANd 100 LOEND ZAWd 00 NO LAWd S10 93UU09 Ald 100pino uonoeuuoo uey Jo 10 Aue S sued Buroo amp jeuuou Josues Jo sonsuoejoeJeuo Josues eunsseJdufiu eoejdes uoseas ay pepuodseuoo ED 16912 pes pue 496 jewod jasay p u do S ewou 309 409 pue 1 amp jeuuou MS sued uBiu jo sued ay lt ON MS einsseJd uBiu seoq 1055949109 20 10sse1duio 20 JosseJduio 1283009 g Ajeuuou E 9 80 Sho ais SI MS 9 9 44 xoeuo 701 10449 GAS 6 10449 HAS 8 ZAS Z yous
8. 03 to 2 5 1 is displayed 4 Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds more C is displayed Test cooling operation begins 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 4 5 Set SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 to have low pressure sensor output psi MPa displayed SwWwO2 Pd Ps Td1 Td2Z Td3 TS TE1 TE2C C WN db pod gt 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 7 Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment 191 Setup of header unit 8 While monitoring the low pressure sensor output adjust the pressure to around 17 psi 0 12 MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve 9 Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low pressure sensor output of the header unit and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment Setup of failed outdoor unit 10 When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 14 5 psi 0 10 MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and press 5 05 on the interface P C board to finish the test cooling operation 11 Turn off the
9. 20 41 100 uo 2 42949 jesun 0 L1 4 O d oou asun Jo sdmes Ajoedeo asy ON 3009 91195 Joopul Aoede dn yas jesun 507 jesun s Ajoedeo sjiun Joopu 42942 dn jes 394 jou si SseJppe y 3314 UO si y pate dsip si epoo 141 sseuppy 49394 dnjes sseJppe sseJppy 1 10 ureBe Joopjno jo 1e od uo enl pue zn 1n SJoj euuoo 1oeuuoosi uo Jooput JO spun jo uo uin jesun sseuppe dnoJ6 1oopu 807 jesun s ssejppe 42949 pjeoq O d 0949 ipepeuuo3 poe uoo uoneorunuuoo JO uonoeuuoo 1291107 45501 JO 2 spun Joopjno y Jo ay
10. 919 esiou eBeyoA 109 NO amp d33 100pino LE d sneg epoo yoo O d yun spuooes 0 uo 10 saysey sjeoddesip 5 joseu t 2 4 135 viva 13s xoudy saynuiw xoidy si 3 si 3 10 uo Jamod jou WOYITI pJeoq eoejdes 2d uo WO d33 01 91 JO jo Buunp s SIUL Joopu 524 pJeOq 5 epoo 9 Bunoeuuoo Jamod JosseJduioo jo Ajuuy peal Udy pue sJeuould xjneo pauasoo 511 JI uo uoniojsip ou 1 Ajeuns xoeuo jeuruuej 1 y peaj 40 14 y y Bulyoayo
11. SW01 SW02 SWO3 7 segment display Function contents 1 J C Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Cooling operation 2 J H Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Heating operation 3 P Indoor PMV forced full open function 2 4 1 A 1 Indoor remote control discriminating function 5 C Cooling test operation function 6 1 Heating test operation function 7 C H Indoor collective start stop ON OFF function 11 r d Outdoor refrigerant recovery operation function Pump down function 16 E r Error clear function 3 H r Solenoid valve forced open close function 1 16 4 7 F d Fan forced operation function 15 t o Outside temperature sensor manual adjustment function 0 11 1 6 Indoor No 1 to 16 unit Indoor individual start stop ON OFF function 16 1 16 1 7 3 2 Indoor No 17 to 32 unit 3 3 4 8 Indoor No 33 to 48 unit SWO01 SW02 SW03 7 segment display Function contents 1 1 1 U 1 E28 Follower unit error Corresponding unit fan operation function 106 8 7 11 Monitor function of remote control switch When using a remote control with the model name RBC AMT32UL the following monitor functions can be used Calling of display screen lt Content gt The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote control indoor unit or the outdoor un
12. 191 11 2 How to operate system while failed outdoor unit being repaired 193 11 3 Work procedure after repair 2 Cul 194 12 REPLACING COMPRESSORS esses nennen nnne nnn nnn nini nenne nnn 195 12 1 Compressor replacement procedure outline eere 195 12 2 Replacement Of iuiireuu aan nianus nuu nk Xxx aX y uS 196 12 3 Check procedure to search cause of compressor oil shortage 200 13 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS 203 14 P C BOARD EXCHANGE 222 14 1 Replacement of outdoor P C board nnne nnne nnn 222 14 1 1 List of service P C boards 222 14 1 2 Configuration of inverter assembly eeeesseeeeeeeeeee esee nennen nennen nnne 222 14 1 3 Interface board replacement enn 223 14 1 4 Inverter P C board for compressor replacement procedure 225 14 1 5 Fan IPDU P C board MCC 1610 replacement 226 14 1 6 Noise filter P C board MC
13. PYAS SI Z 100 EVAS ZPAS LAS YAS LAS 92 3294002 ON yno epis yea 108098 6 6 UO Josues jun 295 O d 4 Joopino 5 t 02 2 uonoeuuoo 10j29uuo ewou ANd 1 0 NO LOEND ZAWd LAIWd SJojeuuo ON ANd 100pino p u do sapis pue seb jo Alin uedo YAS 9 6 Buidid jo eDeuous p 1osues 176 1019 ANd J00pInO 2 pesojo Joopino Jo BOMBS 7 40419 q dws eBueuosiq 504 42942 iv O d NAdI Y 19943 z uun Joopino 4 jo Aue S
14. Quiof 359u2 eunsseJg 4 eoeyiejur 3oeuo pue Z s 19 Josuas jo ue 2 pue O d 4 1 40 Aejdsip uo Aejdsip ensseug Z eunsseud rof yoayD ainssedq 1 Jewuou Josuas Josues pd jo sonsuejoe1euo eBeyoA jndino aly eoe des 10e Josuag ewou JOSU S Sd JO jndino aly eoe dey Joa JOSU PUM O0SNO HOSU S Sq Josues pes LOSNO Josuas pue 1osues 1020uuoo JO uonoeuuoo 129107 10 uonoeuuoo aly 908 409 HUM 009 9 J0j99uuoo JOSUBS JO uonoeuuoo 1281402 Sd Jo uonoeuuoo 0J9Z Josues uoeo jo eDejyo Z peBueuoxe sd Pd Josuas eJnsseJd pue Josuas eunsseJd uBIH Josues eJnsseJd 9 4l Josues Sq jo 10119 019 Josues 224 epoo yoeyD 143 O d 49949 5 yun jo Aue 51 9je esiou jewod 1909
15. oym amp jeuuou Buum s Buum 1204100 pue JOOpU ON o seog 20 pJeoq uo PU NO 5 0 05 preoq O d 100PUI PEND Jojoouuoo uo uopoeuuoosip 0 019 Uopoeuuoo ewou gt 0 4 1294107 TA uonoeuuoo JOJDBUUOD 1294107 sseJppe epoo qns sed Kem p Kjddns yo uun 10 0w peddinbe 1 O d Jo0pu y edid jo E pJeOQ O d 72 2 uonounjjeui MS 1801471 ue ui J9JEAA old epoo jo 10 49 1049 JOODU dl sneg 42940 158 d 49949 31053919109 YUM ul edid JO
16. low pressure i high pressure mcd i n i TL 5 30 5 2 0 pressu i 1 4 vi i 4 SV41 b 4 E 4 4 ume i ews i Y IN 5 36 i Liquid tank Accumulator i Liquid tank HPS BK ie TD2 E ae i ME CE TK4 i i 4 un 0 j i TK2 bod TKS d TKE A 12241 SV3F i saa VE F 5 gt i SV3A i 5 i 5 i SV38 i i i i i i lo 3l Er a eS mo J L MOL 4 Liquid pipe at pe 4 a Gas pipe gt gt 4 Liquid pipe 4 rem T emque E ICI PRU boot ES E E Indoor unit Note In DEFROST mode PMV4 also opens High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 168 type as an example
17. 1 sosseidwog WO ZWD LW SH Be ghar oe Le si uo Bj glo yoyms eJnsseid HE9 THEO LHEO LES toscana 555 zu LAMP 1 gm uoo Gel CD VEDO 2 ims nel lomd syed Joqu amp s LB Kei 8 LR CH Ce SS SES pyeog o d 09291 00 pre melos pJeog d 1344 esioN 89291 09N E Ex E DS S 5 s 909L 00Wl en sn en Y 24 eSION WSZ91 OON sa PALO 0 jeuondo 49 2 1eueAu OL9L OOW Mns LINN S3TIOH LNOO LINN 2 09 6 4 eoeyieju 909 55 YOOGLNO OL IVHIN3O OL OL AlddNs 5 pueog d d JeueAu 96SlL OOW sued 04 6 21 3 Parts Rating 3 1 Outdoor unit N lt ST 0 Specification lt lt lt gt gt gt 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M1 Output 2 3 kWx2 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M1 Output 2 1 kWx3 1 Compressor DA421A3FB 29M1 Output 2 1 kWx3 2 4 way valve coil STF AC208 230 V 60 Hz 3 Pulse motor valve coil HAM BD28TF 2 DC
18. 013 epoo 9 eoejdey c eunje 4 pJeoq JEMO O OM Se dn jes eui pue Japeay se euo dn jag si jo dnjag OJJUOD 1 peje 503 epoo 2245 Ajddns Burmese Joye jas 2921 05 esiou ou S Kjddns Bunjese4 Jaye dn jas 1 Jo 10 08 JJ T o uonoeuuoo Aue 1 yun Japeay Jo pieoq 9 4 UO ON JO 291409 oN O d Jooput uo Jojeuuoo OYNI JO uonoeuuoo 1 JO 1294407 ON 839 ewou pue sj 1294102 ON O d 6 Buipunouns E 5 Jamod Z docgino Sseippe Buunp pue
19. 502 Swot 5003 lt Rotary switches gt T 7 segment display I Press the push switch SW04 on the same board for 2 seconds or more If pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more the operation changes to the individual test operation Address display 11115 displayed for 5 seconds after operation ON of corresponding For individual test operation FF is displayed indoor unit The indoor unit to be started operates L Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote control misconnection is considered Press the push switch SW05 7 segment display 2 swo1 SWO2 SWO3 Units to be operated on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds Address 110 more 16 1 16 1 Address 16 r In individual 1 1 individually start stop Address display 00 is displayed of corresponding for 5 seconds after n Address 17 to indoor unit operation ON 6 16 2 ee 5 individually 4 Address 33 to 16 1 16 3 Address 48 After test operation return the display select switches individually SW01 SWO02 SW03 on the interface P C board End header unit to 1 1 1 41 16 1 16 4 ress individually NOTE 97 Th
20. OM Jo dnjas 1 A8LOG xouddy gy 1 O d 100put 020 10 y uo pajeoipur si epoo UMOP SI Se y jou s 03 epoo 941 g pue y y uoneoiunuluoo 2945 Jo3u09 y jeuDis y 9A139091 jouueo zun JOOPU SI eu uo uin YUN jo snye s uonoeuuoo Jamod uo yun jo Jamod 1 y uo Jejdepe yun y BY UO EOIUNWWWOD 20 3l uonejedo Jo juoo 1 esne2 epoo epoo xoeuj Joopul Jo jo jno UO 10149 j9E UOO 10 Uonoeuuoosip ou S y uorssiusue1 YL pue uonoeuuoo
21. SEAS J AS JO e s y uonons juejeAmmbo est zou j y 10 xoeuo spun Aeidsip 4EAS IEAS OEAS pue 181 ZOMS dN 195 10 spuooes Z JO VOMS pue LH Aejdsip 1 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn jes s jun 0 20 Aq ejdsip 1 84 UO S Y L yun uoeo jo 2949 5 Jo yoay ued Ai Kiejide 5 42euo Jo GML EAL ZAL 1 jou si IEAS J 0 jo d uone4edo uejs pue Ajddns Jamod 1959 10sseJdujoo uoneuBejs 1294102 s SI 3 AS oj
22. be 3989 Jo 452409 10143 d 3 1 O d 4 1 009NO Jo uid pue uo Jo 51 Kjddns uo poq 24 pue ueeweq eui uo ou 1 uoneied dnyoeq yun pes pue 1299 jo dnjes Buung O d pue JO uonoeuuoo 1294107 Ajjewuouge jeufis jun au jo sseJppy epoo qns 2 O d Joopino 5 JO 9UUOD uoneolunuiuo 7 uaamjaq uonoeuuoo uoneorunuiuo E syun dnjes dnyoeq yun Joopyno Joopjno eseoJoe 923 2 epoo yosYyD sesseippe dn jas jou esiou p 40449 O d dnjes SsoJppe p1eoq O d 4172 5 1 pue 100pin
23. J y 9 uo jo epis si ayy Q AS pue 10jeJedes Zx X29949 920 YOOUD Josues eunsseJd uBi4 BUD 20d VIATAININ sped eu 81 JO NQUISIP 40 1 jo Jo uo UOHOUNJeW e 51 J uonons pue apis no uey eq pinoys s qn uonezijenbo 9 08 01 OL xo1ddy ZPL LPL EML IAL sey y 8 Hedes uogezijenb jio pue LAL JO JeujeuM JO 20 sjosse1duuoo PUN joopino nouo 10 yoayo p 2 si 10 Jo jou
24. Jo abeyea ou S edid Jo xoeuo eoejdes Buruonounjjet uey yun sayjo Aue 0 sued pue eBexeeiq edid papado sued geas edid pue ou 9949 obeuous ou S34 a S3 uonoeuuoosip Apog ipeued SUNO syun y pue Zy Anu ued Jo EPASIZPASILPAS HAS uo leq edid eouejeq ue S S34 4 Kemp ZAO non epis uoons 0 CROP SUNOS APSO ssedAq seb uonoeuuoo 1991107 ON ZAS SI Aem p eoe de1 pue SoA Se S34 Josueg 6 6 Josues eunje1eduue Joopino 295 oouejsisal 10119 105 5 sg Josues pd ON Josues sgj1osues pd Josues 61 eoejdes ON OSUGIERE i5 Jo nsi jeuuou pueog O d J I 9 LOEND ZAWd
25. Y09949 Aue pue 9je asiou 29161980000 epoo y e uo pawn jun jo Jamod uo WIN yun s00pul jo sj ewou pleog O d LONO uonoeuuoo 1 ewou 5 d Jojoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoo 1 40j9euuoo JO Buui 1294102 pue Joopu peptone uonoeuuoosip Buusiu ou 51 Ajjewuou peAre2e1 YIM SPUN JO epoo qng uo Jamod 1 jo Ajddns 4 1 uo UO 5 1 O d Uo JOOPU UO JOJJO 5 uoneorunuiuo pue 1 ZN L 5 Syun Joopur jo 8 03 epoo 135 pjeoq 5rd 4 OOpINE EEND 01 LOND pejoeuuoo 0 Buniesul Aq s uone4edo ue JoA9MOH pjeoq uononpuoo 2942
26. dnjes eouejsisei pue uoneoiunuJuJoo JoopinQo Joopu 03 Joopul 5 031 epoo 2945 9 epoo 136 dnjes sseJppy 2 8 0 1949Y dn jas YN pue en ZN LN yun jo Jewod uo uonoeuuoo joeuuoosiq payauuos pue EN ZN LN spun Joopjno uoneorunuJuJo 20 Joopjno pue gt 10 epoo qns 20 epoo qns jo spun jo 5 72 L0 Jeujoue Bursseuppe oneuiojne Buunp jo Buisseppe p 10449 pes oneulojny z 31 epoo 2245 vejd y eunje4 O d 9je esiou uonipuoo amod e oJduj uo Aue S SNOW Jo0pul O d 10118
27. juaun2 spueu euin 5 jeuuouqy Z 5 10 Buunp se jeuuouqe pue punos euuouge Jo e2uejsix3 swa JIII O d NAdi EVv 49949 JossoJduioo S 40149 Joss sdwog J9jeou ese 2942 syes uonejedo ON 165 10sse1duioo 128 007 ewou 194 1055929109 yndjno sayeay eseo S uoneube s 824 ou S esneo 1201102 jewsouqy LLO OW JO POUS 994D 110 9 10 uone1edo a x29u2 2 LLO OW eBueuox3 ON ewou O d gy uo uonoeuuoo 40 99UU09 10 Buum JO Jojoeuuoo 1281102 ON Spes Josse1duioo 11990 doup 40942 OL FAOS Le jeuuou yun jo Jamod Jewod 399002 ewou pJeoq O d uo uonoeuuoo Uonoeuuoo Jojoeuuoo 12905 Jojoeuuoo 10 Jossaidwog 20 z 105 20 dossaidwog 10 105594909 0 z 10sseJdui02
28. P P detection circuit error detected 03 Compressor 3 Note The above check codes are examples only and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration e g a Super heat recovery multi system For details see the service manual for the outdoor unit 115 9 3 Troubleshooting based on information displayed on remote control Using main remote control RBC AMT32UL 1 Checking and testing 725555 When fault occurs to an air conditioner check Tu 0M code and indoor unit No are displayed on the ii display window of the remote control 24 H Check codes are only displayed while the air 4 77 conditioner is in operation If the display has already disappeared access Check code error history by following the procedure described Indoor unit No in which fault has occurred below 2 Error history The error history access procedure is described below up to four errors stored in memory Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down lt Procedure gt To be performed when system at rest 1 Invoke the SERVICE CHECK mode by pressing the 5 buttons simultaneously and holding for at least 4 seconds The letters SERVICE light up and the check code 01 is displayed indicating the error history This is accompanied by the indoor unit No to which the error history
29. 1equinu 10 00 epoo qns y 9 3 SseJppe ous 2949 uo spun uo WNL Joopur jo Jo snes JeMod ipeinoexe uoneJedo dno4B 1 M 2942 Joopul 10 2032 10 uonoeuuoo 1981107 uonoeuuoosip Aue S 1 1291107 pue Jepeeu Joopul e qejreAeun si 9 813 pue Japeay epoo epoo 2245 138 poujeui dnjes sseppe y s u y Jeujoue ue uono9uuo 20 Jeujoue ui ue jo 0 epoo qns s e sseppe Bues uu JOYJO pejoeuuoo PUN 023
30. 9 ANd G Y 10149 JOSU S pd E Z MS MS eunsseid ufiH eunsseJd uiu 40113 5 5 156 osues FOL Joypue 201 eoeldes Buum 94 3094109 pue ANd uonoeuuoo sued sued sued 919 Buum Jo uonpoeuuoosip soua PNI PAS ojo uonoeuuoosip 02 ZAS ON lt 4 O d Joopul 5 amp jeuuou eouejsisei Josuas pue 201 Jo sonsuejoeJeuo 5 amp jeuuou ue pue sojow uonoeuuoo J0joeuuoo Aue uo eeu 51 pue uonoeuuoo S uonejedo 0 Cuun 100pjno jo uonouny xoeuo 9 jeuuouqe oDexeeJq edid
31. j 0 Aejdsip OLAS uo uim pue 18 ZOMS dn 195 9JOUJ JO SPUODAS 2 10 VOMS usnd pue pH 2 2 1 Z 0 20 10 6 dn Bunesedo s 100pino DEAS Y29949 y si x9euo 10 jou epis fuepuooes SI J Iv 1 Yeas uo uim pue 9 ZOMS dn 195 JO Z JO usnd DH Aejdsip e 1 2 60 20 10 6 dn jes YEAS 40 2992 5 104 e SPUN 0 148 Josues eunsseJd uBi4 TS 1HPPLE dVIN AIN A TIS LHPS80 pieoq Ord 4 1 49949 ON 0 jo 1 IEAS ou 40949 FEAS Joug ON si jo Jo aqny Medeo Jo jo
32. 410061 1 Buiyjoous 1 eoueJeedde Ayoedeo ON amp jeuuou 105591909 1055949109 asn VOEOV JO ou S pjeoq od pue asny ON jeuuou peoq 5rd ANI uo JO 29UUOO S J0j2euuoo Jo uonoeuuoo 1594109 ON 89A ewou yun 198102 Jamod S g 105594400 20 Z JosseJdujo 20 1 5 10 101339 O d Joa Jossaidwog E uonoeuuoo 2 jun 100pjno 4019 11 9 924 163 103405 JO pue ejdsip ou sdojs pue LEd sKe dsip ayy jo 807 10 107 16011 1203 dnoub y jo pun jepeeu ueuw 1 Jewuouge s y jun Jayjouy 10419 sneg 9949 c O d niadrev 9949 p u do 10 49 055 14 0
33. 3 1 uo esnj 205 20 04151 peys uo 51 ureBe Joopul dn jag un Jamod UO 1 OU S J MOd 094109 yun 1oopui s pue Jooput Jo uonoeuuoo 1 eui uoneorunuiujoo 1294402 mun eui 991109 y uoneoiunuJuJoo jou 51 1294102 poys pue zn Ln jyun J9jul S ewou uonoeuuoo 1594109 9Suuoo S eui 42949 sseJppe ou 3194 ueuM pL pue gp Z epoo ON 3009 dnies LINV Og 0 ewou yun jo eouejsiseJ pue jo dnyas 1 eouejsiseJ pua jo dnjes 12909 ON epoo qng epis Joopino JOODU Z
34. Jepeeu se peziubooei si Joopyno pue ueewjeq zn seu pejoeuuoo eu JOOP NO pue Ulejs s Jad yun euo pue 10349 2 4 10 2 10 49 uonoeuuoo 1 2 pue Joopui JO uooeuuooSIW JOOP NO 6 Lal epoo yosyD 59 esiou pue epoo xoeuo 72945 eouejsisaJ pue y WNL 2 9 5 jo Jamod uo uin 13d yun euo pue ueewjeq 40j2euuoo JO 1594109 ejdninui pejoeuuoo Joopjno zn Ln Seui uogeoiunuuuo 1294402 10 20 HUN ON 00 epoo qns dnjes eouejsisei eujus E pseog O d 4 1 Spun
35. e 176 9 10 Pressure sensor output check 179 10 BACKUP OPERATION EMERGENCY OPERATION 181 10 1 Note for backup operation isses seexss ik Hg xxi ER XR x RR RY CERERI 181 10 2 Compressor backup operation setting 182 10 3 Outdoor unit backup operation setting eese nnns 183 10 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit 183 10 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit 185 10 4 Cooling season outdoor unit backup operation setting 187 11 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 188 11 1 Refrigerant recovery from failed outdoor unit pump down 188 11 1 1 Note for refrigerant recovery operation eee 188 11 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting 188 11 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure B case of outdoor unit backup operation setting
36. uosees pepuodseuoo uoneJedo e yeys pue Ajddns Jamod josoy Josues 91155944 346 Jo 6 aly 2 O d 1 edid eouejsise POL pue 201 Josues Jo sonsuayeseyo 708095 1 20 201 jo uojouny xoeuo y 9 Buum 3091109 pue 49949 jo uonoeuuoosip exouo 109 GAS ANd fu eu ojeunui 3 ul spun Joopul Aue aly pous uiy 2 4 un jo jo Aue ewou edid S ewou edid aBseyosip S sued EIN
37. Jaye uoneJedo 359 e 5 UA pue HEAS JO aye uin wajshs ejdnjnuu 104 4EAS 2 eBexeo ou s AL ueuj s y jng uongiedo sesu apis DEAS 10 DEAS 99 1n290 Jou eDexee Ji uo 3 DEAS DEAS 20590 qL j y 2 DEAS 10 apis fuepuooes 10 Jaye uoneJedo 359 e PEJS UA pue DEAS JO aye Ajddns ay jo DEAS 10 Y29949 YEAS YEAS s j y Buunp YEAS epis ay 42940 Jaye uonejedo 159 5 UB pue INLA YEAS JO aye Ajddns amod jo 104 YEAS
38. 40 6 6 UO Josues jun Joopino ees 201 ANd 100pino uedo YAS 9 G Jo p JOSU S L 1019 ANd 100pinO edid pue edid ou 2940 eBeuous yun jo 1 y jo Joopul ou Apoeuoo pojeos ZPAS SI Z amp 109 PU 5 LAS PNAP YAS epis ssed q se 894 5900 amp jeuuou eouejsiseJ Josuas 20110 sonsuejoeJeuo ay ON ord J00pino 75 109 72 uonoeuuoo J40j99uuO Joopino 0 NO PAW LOEND ZAWd O0ENO 10 ON 89A
39. D d 49949 jeuuouqe ue jou 51 esneo 308402 JO VWO ji jeuuou S 3 pue ueeMjeq 4292 72 07001 O10 ji jeuuou s 3 eouejsise 29u2 JosseJduioo JO aye 1 30N amp Jeuuou usamjaq eouejsisei oye JOJO 10 8 ijeuuou O d uo 5 uonoeuuoo Jo uonoeuuoo 1 JOJOSUUOD 59 105 spes JosseJduioo Jeujo 1 seoq amp jeuuou yun jo S ADL 69 Jamod 3281025 10 5 2 20 z 05 20 J0sse1duio2 10 epoo qns 4048 pJeoq O d nadrev 9 euuouqy 1055914109 peunooo seu 1035 10104 1o0sseJduio2 LOH W S S 105591909 72 X99u2 144 Jojoejuoo 115 9 uano jo ueppns eun 10 Buunp peaj 1 5
40. custo o7 CN514 12 zo Cush C FED 5510 cunis RU High pressure SW rem nee Dees 0804 85 306 307 DX 9 41 510104 05 15 7 segment LED CHRIS foe Pax un i 5 me mo im 1 Tm i 5 165 59901 02 03 PD sensor CN501 une HRIN BUS e o i 3154 44559 85 58 Dyna doctor connecting terminal CN800 4 way valve output CN317 Accumulator heater CN334 in Comp case heater 3 CN333 Comp case heater 2 CN332 Comp case heater 1 CN331 5942 SVH SSSI 5 2 SBA SBE SOF B Heater CNM4 5998 590 9 12 CN335 CN312 siac CN322 CN320 CN321 28 3 5 2 Inverter board for compressor MCC 1595 A3 IPDU oct LS lot SW800 For inverter address setting CN851 UART communication CN852 UART communication Power supply input L CNO2 29 Power supply input L1 CNO1 Reactor connecting terminal CNO9 Reactor connecting terminal CN10 Compressor output U phase CN201 Compressor output V phase CN202 Compressor output W phase CN203 3 5 3 Inverter board for fan MCC 1610 CN702 UART com
41. eBeuous Wun jo uonouny Buuimsiw eui Bursn Y92949 syun jou Buum 199102 eJqeo Jo uonoeuuoosip Apog SPNO PAS esusu 109 SonsuejoeJeuo JOSUBS 6 6 uo Josues jun Joopino ees ewou eouejsisoJ JOSU S pue ZAL 0110 EAL Jo ZAL LOL e eidesy O d J00pjno 6 Apog m LOEND ZAWd LAWd 540 9 Ald 100pino uonoeuuoo amp Jeuuou ANd Joopino amp peuedo pue N S ev AlN uedo 6 PAS 10449 103 9 1 E BAILA PUN 20 epoo qns uonipuoo qL yea sec Std 42940 Buum 129102 uonej ejsur aog
42. uo epoo xoeuo siu uo 761 10 OML 1 S o1 994I dmes sseuppv 0 19394 y dn jes ay eoe des O d yoayD pue enini jo suonoeuuoo uonoeuuoo BU POOD dnjas dnos 90D Sseippe jo dnas 5 5 dnjes sseJppy ureBe sessejppe dn Bumes 104 dnjes 545 y ueeq seu amod jeuuou pue uoneunByuoo eui Z peusiuy y uo ssejppe pue souls ueeq seu uo 2942 dnojB e spun Japeay 10 Y Japeay
43. uoseas jeuuou 4jo Buruioo uey yoeso ueJ amp Jeuuou uiejs s Joopul S AWd 9 edid 10 eBeyous 2 UO 1 sah 1109 10 Jojeuuoo leuuou ANd 1 sued ON Jo Joyy jo 194 S Buiuee vejd y anes O d Sa ued y JOON J SU PU0J Z 10 29 009 7 ue 100 0 sway ay uoseas ejeJedo Joopul 900 v 9 uoseas Buneeu v uoseas Buyooo sued ipejeuuoo e yun Aue Hun jo uonounj 1994102 uonoeuuoo J0joeuuoo pue Bums PAS pue ZAS VAS ZAS 129409 O d c pue Z jj pejepisuoo s 09 Josues eJnsseJd Jo JOU ue
44. If the outdoor unit has no valve then 7 segment display B shows Clear Return switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 NOTE As this function is not based on the specified general control be sure to release this mode after checking 102 8 7 8 Fan operation check outdoor unit This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches Use this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system And use this function while the system is stopped NOTE Do not use this function during operation of the compressor It may damage the compressor Operation 1 Set the switches SW01 SW02 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 4 2 When F d is displayed 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 When 63 is displayed in 7 segment display B the fan starts operation Max mode operation 4 4 After that by changing the setup number of the switches SW02 5 03 7 segment display B and the fan mode are changed Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows
45. epoo yosYD SHUN Joopjno uonoeuuoo PUN I U 71 eoejdes 2 o3uoo ON 949 sonos esiou ou 1 amod EA 8 05 uo Joopjno U99Mjeq eouejsiseJ pue eu s Ho 30 Jamod jou 51 ewou O d 4 1 Jojeuuoo 20 2 JO uonoeuuoo 51 uo uonoeuuoosip Jo Buys uy ou S 89A JOOp no JOS Buipues uoneoiunuiuo 523 epoo yosYD 139 eui dois GOMS Usng sues JO peddois uoruM jo yun Japeay jo Aejdsip ay s 823 uonipuoo Japun JO JO VOMS eui Ajoeds epoo xoeuo 10 eunpeooud esouBeip Buipioooe ueuj pue Pun BY jo p1eoq 5 5 1 uo eui uo epoo eu ees uo UY
46. 20 x99u2 10418 uonezijenboe IO 74 21 9 9 IO eouejsisei JO sonsuejoeJeuo josues ZYL 10 0 2 2 apoo 150 9 pieoq O d 49949 ON JOU ON 1 JO BuibBojo ayy 2940 LLoH epoo 49949 eui jo JELAS JO FEAS d y eui epoo jo ejorue IEAS ON ON 61 x99uo jo uonounjjeui Jo OLAS 1 paJepisuoo s y jo uonezijenbe Jio Jo Jo 71 4o 4 JI seu Jo dui Ajayewixoudde J pejejedo sey sejnuiu 0 duis
47. Compulsion When the refrigerant gas leaks find up the leaked position and repair it surely If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted pump down and tighten the service valve otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub room it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period which may result in refrigerant leakage Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack For the installation moving reinstallation work follow to the Installation Manual If an incorrect installation is done a trouble of the refrigerating cycle water leak electric shock or fire is caused Check after repair Once the repair work has been completed check for refrigerant leaks and check the insulation resistance and water drainage Then perform a trial run to check that the
48. JosseJdujoo jo e ui Ye yea seo JOSUOS Gy 0 PAL SJOSU S GYL 0 x1 JO Jo 10 0 09 ZAL pue eBueuosiq yooyo oj soud euin Bunejedo eseo 14 U uonipuoo einje1eduie uoneuBejs jo uonrpuoo y eu 2940 eq ji seseo uj QE cO 10 68 uonoejyoud uonoejep UMOP IIO 40 sneg 2 147 y y ur pejepisuoo si 10 anea jo jou saop JO JO epis fuepuooes enjeJeduje J LH Aeidsip 0615 uim pue 6 ZOMS dn 125 10 spuooes 2 10 POMS pue Aejdsip e 1 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn 195 si I AS 10 y eoejdes si JO Io Jo e uorons juejeAmboe 5
49. O ol o Symbol O signifies site of IPDU error 127 Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations L30 L30 Detected indoor address Indoor unit External interlock of indoor unit Stop of corresponding unit Signal is present at external error input terminal CN80 for 1 minute When external device is connected to CN80 connector 1 Check for defect in external device 2 Check for defect in indoor P C board When external device is not connected to CN80 connector 1 Check for defect in indoor P C board L31 VF Extended IC error Continued operation There is part failure in P C board F Check outdoor P C board I F P01 Indoor unit Indoor fan motor error Stop of corresponding unit Check the lock of fan motor AC fan Check wiring P03 VF Discharge temperature TD1 error All stop Discharge temperature TD1 exceeds 239 F 115 C Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity Check for defect in 4 way val
50. bed 1 s I 202 coz riz eld si voL Sooold x SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST MMY MAP0724HT6UL 238 MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL SMMS i INV SERVICE PARTS LIST 9 TAL LAL Dd ge d icy PAL FOOSE GD Sooeld p x Description 0724HT6UL 0964HT6UL 1144HT6UL 701 43050425 SENSOR ASSY SERVICE 4 5 5 703 43F63248 SUPPORTER ASSY 3 3 3 704 43150315 SENSOR TD F6 6 8 8 705 43160623 TERMINAL BLOCK 3P 100A 1 1 1 706 43158228 REACTOR 1 1 1 708 43160621 TERMINAL 6P 1 1 709 43152520 CONTACTOR MAGNETIC 1 1 1 710 43160583 TERMINAL 6P 1 1 1 711 43F69524 SUPPORT SPACER 2 2 712 43182011 SPACER EDGE 13 13 13 713 4316V497 PC BOARD ASSY NOISE FILTER MCC 1625 1 1 1 714 4316V450 PC BOARD ASSY INTERFACE MCC 1606 1 1 1 715 4316V452 PC BOARD ASSY FAN IPDU MCC 1610 1 1 1 716 4316V489 PC BOARD ASSY COMP IPDU MCC 1596 2 3 3 717 43158229 REACTOR CH 79 2 3 3 718 43282001 BUSHING 3 3 3 719 43183020 COLLAR 3 3 3 721 43155226 FILTER LINE 1 1 1 722 43160618 CONNECTOR ASSY 4 5 5 723 43160635 WIRE ASSY 1 1 1 724 43153007 THERMISTOR 1 1 1 725 43160638
51. eBexee1 uo pue eBexee 1 39euo Zx BuibBojo 10 5 uoneubejs uoneuDejs pue DEAS VEAS ped aoejdoy Jo 3295 L 5 40 1 ON BuiBseyooy pue uonisod yea seb 410113 Jo pexeos pue y spun yea SonsuejoeJeuo 1osueg 6 6 uo sonsuejoeleuo Josues jun JOOP NOC 295 jun Jo GYLL eoe des 20419 105095 O XL JO ON Pad SEGNO GXL PESNI CGNO EAL ZESNO ZAL ON LESNO IAL uonejejsursiui pue 1294002 10593 AU peioejep 1014e JO 105 GY pue vL EAL TAL AL ay uone1edo peys pue Aiddns 19501 edid souejeq 15 JojeJedes unya jo 10149 JE JE CE OE AE VEAS
52. jo e sey eunjejeduje Jo apis no sey 1 55 Jaye 0 duiej x1 1 fedeo Tal 20 D1 eorzorows ejdsip uo Josuas yL Aejdsiq T Fa V3H 10 1009 e uei ped eoejdos 105 6 6 uo sonsuejoeJeuo JoOsues Jo0pinO 295 leuuou anjen 5 5 1 Josues Ly 10 sonsuojoeJeuo 10419 JOSU Ped SEGNO SUL mole yEGNO CGNO EAL 199 6 ZCGNO 2231 40219 LESNO 12940 eegsiosuas uo 10 Buuiwsiu ou ON Josues JO 1291107 103 9 100 S 1998 105391409 ayy 5 2 LO epoo qns BuibBojo x99u2 7 5 5 1 JO Bums JOSUAS y Jo 0 40446 uonoej
53. p u do sepis pue jo uedo uonejjejsuisiu eBexeo YAS 9 G nouo jo BurbBojo 09 103 9 1 ANd 100pinO 2 PUN 40119 dws eBueuosiq 514 yoayD 42949 10 2 02 duiej episjno jdeoxe suosees y SSB 10 2 06 SI 1 JI BULION 40sues 15 emo 10 2 02 episjno 3deoxe suosees 5591 JO 502 S 31 0sues 13 euejuo gt josues 31 2 50 Z zoms Til L0MS ainjesodwia 1 1 2 0 191 20 6 Til L0MS 3 0 si y jo 151 pue 61 pesa ON 339 eu ui 4990 10419 OU J ZGNO josues 11 OZSNO J0sues SOSNO 105 5 61 uonoeuuoo 40j9euuoo 1294107 S9l suejoeJeuo Josueg 6 6 uo sonsuejoeleuo Josu s eunje1eduie jun Joopino ees 10119 J0sueS 10119 J0sueS LLENO 00 Kem p JO DBUUOD 1294107 Josues 11 10sues 31 09 103 9 Sq JOSUAS 2 JOSUaS 31 Josues 6174
54. z pue J pJeoq O d 4 1 40 ejdsip uo ejdsip eunsseJg Josuos juiof yoayD einsseJd Aq einsseJg p y Zlewuou Josues ainssaid JO uedo 011 BuibBojo ANd J00pino 100pu pue pue Jo gt 10149 HAS ZAS JOSU S uoneJedo 146 abeyoys y 945 ueuM 9je WOU uoneuBeijs Jo 40419 ANd p uonezijenbe jo ped eoejdos uoneuDejs Jo esneo sA ewes y jo DEAS YEAS jo ped Ane aoejdoy 199 409
55. 20 09 100put UO PEEND J0 9euuoo 10 0 JO epis S ON p1eoq 2 uo g9NO Jo jo 022 S 91941 49940 pue dund ureup e ejdesg oy edid X90949 Jo 9q pinoys S 2b pue jeuiqeo jou 51 U 001 01 07 xouddy edA U 09 01 02 pzodv 0 002 01 08 20 0 gLOdV edA 0 05 01 GE xouddy 2 0 0 U 001 01 OZ xoddy 0504 01 8L0dV edA jsnes 5 594 SoA Epeyoys peuedo pes s pee S 0 peal jou SI by 0 Ajddns 51 eoe des Dd 4984 sa0q V 001 220 preoq O d 100pU uo EEEN U JO eseud yokes anjen aoueysisal ON Ord 100put X09949 spuey
56. eouejsiseJ Josues Jo pue GOGND Josues 31 JO uonoeuuoo 104 Jo JOSUaS Jo uous uedo epoo 5141 1osues 31 10 419 10sues 3 904 45 pJeoq Od 5 1 Joopyno eoejdei si 10 9 j OnsuojoeJeuo JOSUBS 6 6 UO sonsuejoeleuo JOSUS einjejedujej jun J00pinO ees enjeA eouejsisei Josues sorjsiuejoeJeuo pue 0SNO Josues ZAL JO uonoeuuoo 104 JO uonoeuuoosIp 40sues ZAL Jo uous uedo uonoejep epoo 141 uoug uedo Josues 201 1019 Josues ZAL sol epoo 2845 2 42 pJeoq 5 1 Joopyno si Josues j OnsuojoeJeuo JOSUBS 6 6 UO sonsuejoeleuo 1 5 95 enjejedujej Pun ees enje e uejsise JOSU S sonsuejeJeuo pue ZOSNO J0sues qL JO uonoeuuoo 104 JO uonoeuuoosIp 40sues qL HOYS USdO uonoejep epoo 141 uougjuedo 1osues 01 Jolla Josues LAL rol epoo 2 O d Joopul SONSUSJOBIEYO 1osueg 6 6 UO 1os
57. s j JayJOUM FEAS 10 apis ay edid ay 104 uoneJedo 1 1 10 1000 uone1edo 339 5 1 FEAS 10 dn 5 punog uoneJedo 440 Y29949 un jo uonoun NLA 1 A ddns y 19594 5 40 GEAS 92e dox GEAS JO si uonons asi jou seop e1nje1eduie j y ul 10 epis eunjejeduie xoeuo ase spun JOOp No ayy Aeidsip 26 5 IEAS VEAS uo pue 10 1 ZOMS dN 195 10 spuooes Z JO VOMS pue e 2 0 Z0 LOMS dn jes payesado s jun 100pino 104 geAS 10 29uo p YEAS 99e des YEAS s 2 Buunp 46 5 apis iepuooes ay 10942
58. Fan motor Right side a Heat exchanger Left side K a Heat exchanger TET gt SV5 Reducer 1 PMV2 4 way valve 069 46 lt gt Q ora TO T Check valve 4 High pressure sensor L id E Fusible plug Fusible lt P SV3D Oil separator High pressure switch Liquid tank Accumulator Compressor Compressor Inverter inverter Check valve SV3B t Check valve V V S i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 4 1 i i i i i i i i i i i plug SV I i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 1 i i i i i i i i i i i i Liquid side 7 packed valve service valve packed valve Solenoid Capillary Check Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor valve tube valve sensor 32 Model MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL Pe ee eee oe 1 Right side i oo heat exchanger TO i i z Sub heat exchanger at right side Left side i i Check
59. 35 5 2 Normal operation COOL mode low outside air temperature roughly below 68 F 20 C Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Follower unit MMY MAP0724HT6UL i 4 3 i i mH i j i 059009 pm H lt bol i i i i Bee PMV4 LO od i i i 5 g ressure sensor high pressure 51 i i i i i i Pressure sensor low pressure 6 4 high pressure i 7 0 i p Pr i pressure i 1 i i i i 6 Accumulator Y D d Liquid tank Accumulator i Liquid tank 5 43 bot i ues i 4 i i i i i Bid i i i i i T i gt 5 SV3B B 57 eX 7 Jance pipe M 4 Ll n M eee ir Liqu
60. 9 Troubleshooting 9 1 Overview 1 Before engaging in troubleshooting a Applicable models All Super Module Multi SMMS i models Indoor units MMO APOOO Outdoor units MMY MAPOOO4HT6UL b Tools and measuring devices required Screwdrivers Philips flat head spanners long nose pliers nipper pin to push reset switch etc Multimeter thermometer pressure gauge etc c Things to check prior to troubleshooting behaviors listed below are normal NO Behavior Possible cause A compressor would not start Could it just be the 3 minute delay period 3 minutes after compressor shutdown Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermo OFF Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer Could it just be the system going through initial communication An indoor fan would not start Could it just be cold air discharge prevention control which is part of heating An outdoor fan would not start or would change speed for no reason Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions Could it just be defrosting operation An indoor fan would not stop Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being performed as part of the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation The air conditioner would not respond to a start stop command from a remote control Could it just be the air conditioner oper
61. 1291107 SL peyoeuuoo SI spun pue 1 y g v JO jun iout Jo ajqeo 991109 ON 29 101439 2d 5 jun y Jo uo pejeoipul jou epoo YIYIO 941 y Joue dmes ssejppe ejoues _ 9jouJaJ BY PE pue 10449 Z 1019 UONEOIUNWWOD 03l WSU UD 033009 B OW SI sun Joopul pues y UO JOS UOISSIUJSUEJ jeuBis zo 3l epoo 2 9 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check code 134 uonesedo 159 Bunoouse qnoJ 5 8 0 19431 104 pajeq 2 49949 Aue 01 0 pJeoq 1oopur UO JOOUUOD pue SI pue Joopui IUN JO UI JO
62. 781 5 d 54 T al ti 2 Pressure sensor Pressute sensor low pressure 530 pressure A i UD BB I Liquid tank Liquid tank Yj nd m gt SV3A k mm 4 A E P d age H f 5 VaN Jj 1 L i m e Sense Ti a Liquid pipe ag 4 m Gas side service valve Balance pipe packed Ful closure valve Full opening Gas pipe P Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas 4 Normal refrigerant ERES Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 192 type as an example 38 5 5 Emergency operation heating operation under header outdoor unit backup scenario Leakage from PMV Set Up as Temporary Liquid side service valve Header Unit di Full closure Emergency Operation Failure Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Failure Follower unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL
63. Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement Otherwise abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle which may result in a failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air conditioner Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work properly may result in electric shocks and or electrical leaks When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with protective toe caps protective gloves and other protective clothing When connecting the electrical wires repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric shocks Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation manual Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of 19 7 in 50 cm or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work When working at heights use a ladder which co
64. Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications Output terminals OUTPUT1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 24 V or less DC 10 mA or more 1 A less non conductive load C1 Connector cable 1 CN511 Connector on Interface side green K1 K2 Relays L1 Error indication Lamp L2 Operation indication Lamp OUTPUT Error output OUTPUT2 Operation output PJ20 Connector on optional PCB side TB1 Terminal block The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 58 7 2 8 Compressor operation output Locally procured Outdoor unit i ij Outdoor unit Optional interface PCB TB81 C2 4 rm Fori popes i CTR H Ce Hoen ij 5 t i 1 L2 PS 516 3 gt E 3 tH 64514 6220 2 1221 4 i it L3 cs ps 1244 E BEI
65. OX Check valve Packed valve Oil level detection takes place regardless of the number of compressors whether it be one two or three Rough guide for oil level judgment 1 If TK1 57 2 F 14 C oil level of compressor 1 is optimum 2 If TK2 57 2 F 14 C oil level of compressor 2 is optimum 3 If TK3 57 2 F 14 C oil level of compressor 3 is optimum 43 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 5 Oil This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by equation evening out the oil supply to outdoor units and is basically performed by opening control closing solenoid valves SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D and SV3F There are three control patterns as described below For a schematic diagram of oil equalization control see page 49 1 Preparatory control Oil accumulated in the oil If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be low for 30 seconds separator is returned to the SV3B is turned on with SV3D turned on and off intermittently 2 Oil equation control This is normal oil This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose oil level is equalization control low from other outdoor units It takes place whenever the header uni
66. i i i 1 a a 7 Gv SV3B T i 5 5 i ar HO ete s o Liquid pipe o gt Gas pipe Liquid pipe T AERE PELAA E a NS 2 X Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 168 type as an example 37 5 4 Emergency operation cooling operation under header outdoor unit backup scenario Leakage from PMV Liquid side service valve Full closure Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Set Up as Temporary Header U j Fr nu sa 1 n IN TET PMV4 1 111 4 e d 59 i Pressure sensor high pressure high pressure
67. oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3D valve Clogging of oil return capillary Clogging of oil return distributor 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part Fan H C M 2 motor Cos Rightside 7 Eno cra ol T Main heat exchange H 40 A Right side sub heat exchanger ce p Left side ___ valve sub heat exchangers H Check valvd main heat 2 v exchangers D High pressure sensor Discharge pipe check point M H gt 7 Low pressure sensor 2 Liquid tank Liquid pipe check point G t gt Check valve 77 7 Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve packed valve lt MMY MAPO964HT6UL gt Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected Check item Location Procedur
68. u89Mj9q 10119 uon2euuoo uoneorunuJuJo2 Jooput Buipuodseuoo ON S 3l epoo 2 137 NO 274 4 1 ZG 60MS WNL uonoejep ay ejeAnoeep OJ px pieoq Kjjens 440 All n 2 d 2 eBueuox3 vL dH Joopjno dn spun 400pjno 30 SZ 100put pojoeuuoo joedeo jos dnjes dH 1094109 129402 pejoeuuoo SHUN Joopui eA Sseox3 L pedeo 20 ou dnjes dnyoeq y Buunp ueeq seu jo dnjes 2 JOOPU 0 JO 4 SHUN pejoeuuoo JO eJou Zp pue LL OL 6 jeg dnjes gH 2 921 jo Ayoedeo jezo 51 ON 100 jo dnjes 1 ON pejoeuuoo jo ON 1 dn yun Joopjno no jo uonejedo dnyoeq 51 spun
69. 4 i Sub heat exchanger at left side Check valve 4 way valve High pressure sensor 751 Hn E i Low pressure sensor i TL HH Fusible TL SV3D Oil separator plug Fusible plug SV41 sv 4 Accumulator i A H Liquid tank SV3C High pressure switch Compressor Compressor inverter Inverter i GX Check valve 77 SV3B i HH KC Check valve add Y 2 3 ZN A a ie yeh SE a i i a hl US ae ti tn cl po LE e cS mt i cio a vn E REN Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe packed valve service valve packed valve Solenoid Capillary Check Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor valve tube valve sensor 33 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline Connector CN321 White SVA 1 Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during ON time SV3B Connector CN321 White 1 Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor SV3C Connector CN321 White 1 Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during ON time Connector CN322 White SV3D 1 Res
70. 58 0 0 4 2 SV2 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in operation at low speeds 1 Control conditions Heating operation is in progress except periods of defrosting control Alone compressor from the header unit is in operation at low speeds of up to 36 rps 2 Control details When Pd pressure becomes 493 psi 3 4 MPa SV2 is opened When Pd pressure becomes 4 406 psi 2 8 MPa SV2 is closed 3 Termination conditions Shutdown thermo OFF defrosting operation or cooling operation The number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two or more Atleast one follower unit compressor is turned on The speed of the compressor rises to 40 rps or more 3 SV2 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient operation It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermo OFF 1 Control details When Ps pressure becomes 23 2 psi 0 16 MPa SV2 is opened When Ps pressure becomes gt 29 psi 0 20 MPa SV2 is closed 46 Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 8 Release valve control cont d 4 SV41 42 43 low pressure release control This contro
71. Discharge cabinet Screws 4 corners Discharge cabinet side cover 4 Service panel 6 Protective plate __ back Remove the upper hook 6 Remove the lower hook of the protective plate back 203 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 1 Cabinet 8 Remove the hook of the protective plate Remove the hook continued side from the hole of the middle partition plate 2 locations 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the detachment procedure in reverse 10 1 Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction cabinet service panel and lower cabinet of the protective plate side from the hole of the middle partition plate 2 locations 8 Protective plate side Hook Service panel 204 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan Fan motor NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet M5 x 0 4 10 mm 4 pcs 3 Remove the heat exchanger partition plate upper M5 x 0 4 10 mm 2 pcs With a 096 type 114 type the fan motor can be replaced without removing the disch
72. peuedo sapis pue ON N S IY 40419 2701 dws eBueuosiq sneg 5 160 edid oy pue edid ou s 2940 jo Buuimsiw y Bursn Y09949 amp peroeuuoo eui Jo eJ S9A amp ou ZHAS SI Z 5100 VAS PU ZVAS FAS 9 7 PNOO YAS EVAS 152 JO 12909 unouu epis ssed q se 10940 jue1eBujei eouejsisal Josuas 04 30 aly 1osueg 6 6 UO Josues jun Joopino ees 40sues eq Em Jo0pino 5 Apog 0 NO LOEND ZAWd 00 NO LAWd S10 93UU09 ANd on ANd 51
73. FAN COOL HEAT The unit which is not given with priority by heating Dol priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case KD operation ready or operation mode controlled is displayed on the remote control Set SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 7 1 C H is displayed on 7 segment display A Press 5 04 on the same board for 2 seconds more 4 The indoor unit to be started operates M Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote control misconnection is considered Press the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more v After test operation return the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 gt 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 51 01 51 02 5 03 lt Rotary switches gt 96 4 Individual start stop ON OFF individual test operation function This function is provided to start stop ON OFF individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Set SW01 16 and set SW02 5 03 to indoor address No 1 to 64 to be sta
74. FF will be displayed on the 7 segment display and pump down operation will start To put the operation on hold midway turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units or press SWO05 on the interface P C board Er EDT 1 3 T Connect liquid pipe check joint and low If oil has degraded due to p A F B AM M oS pressure side check joint using charge compressor fault undo SV3A ee HEP AY hose and purge hose of air valve connector ge 3 4 a 2 Fully close liquid pipe service valve Leave service valves of gas and balance pipes fully open Interface board of failed outdoor unit Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more CN30 CN31 CN32 8WO4 8SWO5 SW15 5 rd FF is displayed pump down operation starts E Ir Behavior during pump down operation EJ LI Outdoor unit Behavior 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 138888 Compressors Turned off Outdoor fan On Failed outdoor unit PMV1 PMV2 and PMV4 Open S V2 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F On SV41 42 43 5 6 Operates in test cooling operation mode swol swo3 RSA fM Every other outdoor unit 6 Approx 10 minutes after the system starts up fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 7 Press SW04 of the failed outdoor unit to have
75. First enter the total length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length lt Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Additional Total pipe length on each liquid Additional amount of refrigerant Fipe refrigerant amount Side pipe diameter each liquid side Ib ft Ib 01 4 0 017 03 8 0 037 01 2 0 071 05 8 0 108 03 4 0 168 Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length total Next refer to the following table for the Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to system capacity B lt B Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to system capacity gt Adjustment amount capacity ae tof i aia Combined outdoor units 072 type 3 31 072 type 096 type 13 23 096 type 114 type 15 43 114 type 144 type 0 00 072 type 072 type 168 type 16 53 096 type 072 type 192 type 27 56 096 type 096 type 228 type 27 56 114 type 114 type Lastly add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A to the Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to system capacity B This is the final additional amount of refrigerant lt Additional amount of refrigerant gt A Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Ib B Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to s
76. J SIM ING F DC UNIT LOUVER 2 the button is pushed one of the indoor unit Nos under group control is displayed in turn Select ri the indoor unit whose setting is to be changed Mara UNT No The fan and louver of the selected indoor unit then come so a ATA lt 4 that the position of this unit can be confirmed 3 Use the 2 button to select the CODE No 04 4 Usethe button to select the DATA 0001 Priority set 0001 No priority set 0000 5 Pushthe 5 button The setup is finished when the display changes from flashing to steady 6 Upon finishing the setup push the button This finalizes the setting When the button is pushed the display goes blank and the system returns to normal off state Note that the system does not respond to remote control operation for about 1 minute after the oy button is pushed NOTE Priority can be given to only one indoor unit If more than one indoor unit is accidentally set to priority an error code L5 or L6 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting will be displayed All units displaying L5 have been set to 0001 priority Keep the unit to which priority should be given as it is and change the value back to 0000 no priority for all the rest Error code Description 5 Duplicated indoor unit priority setting The unit is to 0001 LB Duplicated indoo
77. Joua epis uonons ssed q se 159 5 pue Ajddns 4 sJojoeuuoo Josuas 11 pue LAL LSL ON SJosues 11 pue 13 151 Jo enjeA eouejsiseJ SIOSUAS Sd pue jo ON 839 109 S ON ON epoo qns 10 19 51 51 161 919 JO uonoeuuoosip soa 109 nouo YAS Jo uoroeuuoosip 1018 02 ssed q ZAS Ad 100pino uonoeuuoo sued sued 0 99uo pue Z JI pejopisuoo si Josuas eunssaud jo ue z pue J pJeoq O d 4
78. YOOYD sseJppe dn jas dnjes aouejsisas pue 99 109 uonoeuuoo JO DBUUOD 1294107 3294107 yun 40 uo dnjas sseJppy JOOpjno pue uoneorunuluJoo uo 10149 dnjes eouejsiseJ pu3 pue Joopui eui uo Sew Jo 1 eJeu 51 EA ipreoq O d uo 204 esnj 0 jewod 1 ON ON 991109 dnjes sseJppe 1 yun Joopino jo dmjas pue ay 51 jo ZN LN 201090000 51 ON jo sjeuruey on ZN LM uonoeuuoo 1 lun JO uo Jamod seA apis 40 49 uoneoiunuJuloo 100pjnQO 400pu toal epoo 9 2945 peKejdsip si 903 Ajjewuou sjeubis pues pesn sey pun Joopul WO poued e 10 jues jou si avejd y e 129J9d ALON
79. gt WO gt Ww gt wo gt is value of operating current in decimal format Note Follower unit is selected by setting SW03 SW03 7 segment display section A 1 U2 169 5 Display of Indoor Unit Information Displayed on Header Unit Only SWO01 5 02 SW03 Display detail 4 Indoor BUS communication signal Upon receiving signal 1 Other times receiving status 5 Indoor check code No check code 6 Indoor capacity 0 6 to 4 5 Indoor request command 5 code operation mode represents mode 7 COOL C HEAT H 1 16 1 3 FAN F OFF S represents S code 0 to 8 Indoor PMV opening data B Displayed in decimal format 9 Indoor TA sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 11 Indoor TCJ sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 12 Indoor TC1 sensor data B Displayed in decimal format 13 Indoor TC2 sensor data B Displayed in decimal format Note Indoor address is selected by setting SW02 5 03 and displayed on 7 segment display section A SW03 502 Indoor address 7 segment display section A 1 1 16 SW0O2 setting number 01 16 2 1 16 SW02 setting number 16 17 92 3 1 16 SW02 setting number 32 33 48 Although 6
80. 1 Uro 0 0 92uejsisa1 1 ipeuous 10119 jou 1 20449 yun 51 uonoeuuoo 9je j0sse1duioo 0 se 3294109 pue 51055919109 20 2 1033949109 20 2 0 209 O d niadrev 5 2 40419 uonoeuuoo 71 uonisod aeu opoo pup opoo 99849 164 9 6 7 segment display function 7 segment display on outdoor unit interface P C board The interface control P C board features a 7 segment LED display designed to check operational status Display items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P C board 5 01 SW02 and 5 03 Interface P C board SwO04 Swo05 sw Push switch D600 D6 7 segment display 7 segment display A B 901 swo2 swo3 n Lu Ss Rotary switches co Checking Procedure to Be Followed Event of Abnormal Shutdown If the system is shut down d
81. 1 Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant R22 Accompanied with change of refrigerant the refrigerating oil has been also changed Therefore be sure that water dust the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refrigerant during installation work or service work If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed there is a possibility to cause a serious accident Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work 2 Cautions on Installation Service 1 Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil For the tools exclusive to R410A shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them 2 As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R410A 3 In the installation time use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water oxide scales oil etc Use the clean pipes Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas Never use gas other than nitrogen gas 4 For the earth protection use a vacuum pump for air purge 5 R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant Therefore use liquid type to
82. 3I Not used for setup of line address do not change setup 69 2 sure to disconnect the relay connectors between the U1U2 and U3U4 terminals on all the header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control Factory default disconnected Af ui us ve vs us TO INDOOR UNIT TO TO CENTRAL OUTDOOR CONTROL UNIT 3 on indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units 4 About 1 minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 L08 U 1 flash 5 Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting 6 The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto 3 After the indication 1 U 1 flash starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and 1 U 1 light remains lit on the display the setting is complete 7 Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other refrigerant lines 8 After completing address setting of all systems turn off dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control except the unit that has the lowest address For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units 9
83. 404 yoys uedo 105 5 1 epoo epoo 2 So9l suejoeJeuo Josueg 6 6 UO sonsuejoeJeuo 10 Joopino 295 y Z LAWd jo syuej Josues osues 11 Josues JeDBueuoxe yeay Josues 3 129Jeq O d 4 1 100pino 810090000 Josues 131 108095 Jo uonoeuuoo 12905 110 sonsuejoejeuo oouejsiseJ ijeuuou s10j9euuoo J0j2euuoo Josues 11 pue JO uonoeuuoo 1291102 Jojoeuuoo Josues 3110 Uonoeuuoo SIUM EZGNO Josues 11 u 19 025 0 Josues 3 O d 100pino 2109 09 JOSU S 1 pue sosuas 31 Jo Suonisod Josues 11 pue 13 suonisod 4291109 10119 4 1 D d J00pino E Josues 11 pue Josuas 3 Jo eouejsises Z Josues 11 pue 11491 Josuas 91 JO uonoeuuoosiu pue Josues S Ld epoo xeu 5 142 J00pino eoejdei ewou si Josues J Sonsueje1euo Josueg 6 6 UO Josues eunjeedujej 995 eouejsisai 105 pue p0SNO 10 9 1 10 2euuoo y J
84. All stop Outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time Backup setting is being used for outdoor units Check power supply to outdoor unit Is power turned on Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire Check communication connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F E28 E28 Detected outdoor unit No Outdoor follower unit error All stop Outdoor header unit receives error code from outdoor follower unit Check check code displayed on outdoor follower unit Convenient functions If SW04 is pressed and held for at least 1 second while E28 is displayed on the 7 segmentdisplay of outdoor header unit the fan of the outdoor unit that has been shut down due to an error comes on If SW04 and SW05 are pressed simultaneously the fans of normal outdoor units come on To stop the fan or fans press SW05 on its own E31 E31 Fan 3 IPDU 5 Jole o 80 Sub MCU Symbol O signifies site of IPDU error IPDU communication error All stop Communication is disrupted between IPDUs P C boards in inverter box Check wiring and connectors involved in communication between IPDU I F P C
85. D640 fades away 2 Remove all the connectors and the fast on terminals 7 connected to the FAN IPDU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the five screws 2 which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove the Fan IPDU from the three PCB Mounts 3 Fast on terminal 7 RED lead wire Fast on terminal 7 WHITE lead wire Fast on terminal 1 BLACK lead wire this part to the direction of the arrow And remove the PCB PCB Mounts 3 1610 5 Confirm that dirt or damage is the sub heat sink As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency and cause a breakdown Remove the PCB IC701 m DB510 Heat Sink Q590 Sub Heat Sink 08509 6 Align the PCB mount holes the PCB with the PCB mounts the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts 3 7 Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by the five screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are loose the effected component will generate heat and cause in to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as it can cause component damage The torque of 5 screws 1C701 DB509 08510 Q590 is 0 41 ftelbs 0 55 8 the connectors and fast on terminals 1 Be sure that the connectors an
86. E D 058 053 039 001 006 091 005 00710091068 07 7 090 233 MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL Ero 410 220 450 69 720 070 620 9AS 810910 090 920 8201670270 090 0209 0 6001200 140 890 990 20890 2 chm 29029 20620 69 9 9 20020 600 9954068 oft e Y ENTIT I OL ce Zro 28 5 6 10910 f 4 e veAs eio L0 Z 2090 Lro 320670470 20 8320 7070 670970 220 m 620820 451 010020 Led 299 87005000 8701500 82002019 0 20050970 234 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT
87. Josues sey 01 Josuas 0940 5 T 1 T l 1811 L e0 Zo Loms 14 20 Los ejdsip puc uo eunje1edujej Josues y ejds q ejdsip uo 10595 57 y 1 ne Aeidsiq wed ped eoejdes V3H 40 1009 1591 yes FEAS 10 ayy y SA SonsuejoeJeuo JOSUBS 6 6 uo sonsuejoeleuo Sonsuejeleuo 1osueg 6 6 uo sonsuejoeJeuo TOsuas eurie aduiej jun 296 Josuas Joopino ees ewou eouejsiseJ Josuas PAL 10 sonsuejoereuo aly lewuou 99 159 JOSUBS 109 1085095 JO ay 104419 08095 oN SEGNO 2501 SEGNO 251 208098 YESNO 25105095 yuid EEGNI SNO M L usa uo uogeljejsuisu bud EON Ten 10 ou END Jo ou 3994107 9 94 1 uonejejsuisiu Buums
88. Strainer SV3A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3B valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3D valve circuit capillary H Strainer SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit error Oil level low detection and protection 7 Oil level low Oil level low Oil return distributor J Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C bypass capillary K Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 Oil circuit error Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Part see next page check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection HO7 A Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 P03 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Refrigerant entrapment convergent section B Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit
89. and READY yellow display lamps on the 003 6 sensor part of the wireless remote control blink and 4 the air conditioner starts operating Sensor cover If the lamps do not blink repeat step 2 and the subsequent steps Adjustment 7 After the test operation push the Start Stop button to corner cap stop the operation Sensor PC board Test operation from the outdoor unit Refer to 8 7 2 Function to start stop ON OFF indoor unit from outdoor unit in 8 7 Service support function Outline of test operation from the wireless remote control Test cooling operation Start 64 4 F 18 C gt 66 2 F 19 gt 64 4 F 18 C 66 2 F 19 gt 64 4 F 18 gt 66 2 F 19 C gt 64 4 F 18 C gt Test operation gt Stop Test heating operation Start gt 86 F 30 C 84 2 F 29 C 86 F 30 C gt 84 2 F 29 86 F 30 84 2 F 29 gt 86 F 30 C gt Test operation gt Stop Always select HIGH fan speed Note The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes 2 Test operation Test operation for every indoor unit in turn START Test operation for one indoor unit Operation starts v Is cold air or hot air discharged YES Is air circulation sufficient YES Operate
90. board for bad contact or broken wire Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F A3 IPDU or Fan IPDU Check for external noise 201 Indoor unit Indoor TCJ sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TCJ sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TCJ sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F02 Indoor unit Indoor TC2 Sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TC2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC2 sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F03 Indoor unit Indoor TC1 sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TC1 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TC1 sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F04 F04 TD1 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 122 Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of dete
91. has F08 F08 o o ALT temperature sensor TO been open sort cirodited TO error F11 F11 112 Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error or wired Operation Timer Ready Sub code remote control Flash display 0 d G6 Outdoor suction Outdoor suction temperature sensor TS1 has F12 F12 o o 51 been open short circuited Outdoor temperature dd Wiring error in outdoor temperature sensors TE1 F15 F15 o o TL wiring TL has been detected _ Outdoor pressure sensor Wiring error in outdoor pressure sensors Ps rie rie Pd Ps wiring error has been detected Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor has F22 F22 o o been open short circuited F23 F23 o o p pressure Sensor ps Output voltage of low pressure sensor Ps is zero Output voltage of high pressure sensor 15 zero F24 F24 o o vign pressuresensor Pd or provides abnormal readings when compressors have been turned off Outdoor EEPROM is faulty alarm and shutdown F31 F31 SIM EEPROM error unit and continued operation for follo
92. is exchanged just when the number of SW02 has been changed on the other hand the solenoid valve output is exchanged when 5 02 has been kept with the same number for 5 seconds or more NOTE 2 The mark O in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on NOTE 3 The mark in the table indicates that ON OFF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner NOTE 4 The mark x in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this operation NOTE 5 The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters eno 7 segment Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case heater display B 2 svs 641 sv42 43 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D 5 SV3F 61 Output relay 2 5 41 42 43 of 3b gt 2 3 3C o o NI OD oO wl hy 3d 5 3 5 5 61 12 15 5 2 5 16 ALL amp 6 ar rer 1 39
93. never use R410A If different types of refrigerant are mixed abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the refrigerating cycle Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction Do not charge refrigerant additionally If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner execute vacuuming and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant In this time never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage After installation work check the refri
94. or PMV 4 fails while fully closed the refrigerant in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers cannot be recovered In that case recover any residual gas in the heat exchangers or sub heat exchangers using a tube piercing valve or some other tool After a pump down operation do not perform any welding until the residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered 11 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure A case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting Work procedure Turn on the power supply to the system at the source but leave the system switched off If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the motor leads before the power is turned on Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure side check joint using a charge hose and purge the hose of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit Leave the service valves of the gas and balance pipes fully open 3 If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor fault disconnect the SV3A valve connector of the failed outdoor unit to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units 4 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the failed outdoor unit to 2 11 1 After rd is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 188 5 rd
95. the system behaves in exactly the same way as described in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section except that it cannot perform heating operation Note 1 When the system is set up for this function heating operation is not available The HEAT mode on the remote control cannot be selected Note 2 If the unit failure has been caused by a fault in the interface P C board or electric circuit this function is not available In that case follow the procedure specified in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system Setup of failed outdoor unit Regardless of whether the failed outdoor unit is the header unit or a follower unit there is no difference in the setup procedure 2 Turn on Bits 1 2 and of SW06 provided on the interface P C board 3 If there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor remove the compressor leads before the power is turned on Turn on Bits 1 2 and of SW06 This is the end of cooling season outdoor unit backup operation setting
96. two compressors OUTPUT OUTPUT2 7 2 9 Operating rate output Locally procured Header outdoor unit JEEE A dnt acie deryiequesede T Mie ete M hri Outdoor unit Optional PCB interface B ki L la tH og Sis CN514 5 120 3 OUTPUT H H MONITOR Call o H 5 5 LL aureus 111 H nir 5i 4 Wife lt Operation At the output terminals a signal is present relay closed or absent relay open in various combinations according to the system operation factor as shown in the diagram The operation rate FA is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output 100 Function SW16 OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 OUTPUT3 Operation factor FA System operation ay off off off FA 0 ont on off off 0 lt lt 20 e E DUE off on off 2096 FA lt 35 on on off 35968 FA lt 50 off off on 50 FA lt 65 on off on 65 FA lt 80 off on on 80 FA lt 95 on on on 95968 FA off Relay open on Relay closed C2 Connection cable 2 CN514 Interface side connector green MONITOR Monitoring device OUTPUT1 Output terminal for each function OUTPUT2 Output terminal for each funct
97. 000 0 117 0 66 96 0 20 0 00 0 119 0 68 99 0 22 0 00 0 23 0 00 0 123 0 72 104 0 25 0 00 0 0 27 0 00 0 127 0 76 110 0 20 0 00 0 0 31 0 00 0 33 0 00 0 35 0 00 0 0 37 0 00 0 0 39 0 00 041 0 00 0 141 0 89 129 0 43 0 00 0 143 0 91 132 242 1 89 274 0 45 0 00 0 244 190 276 3 44 2 88 418 047 0 00 049 000 248 1 94 281 0 51 0 01 1 1 50 0 99 144 2 50 1 96 284 449 3 92 568 0 53 0 03 4 1 52 1 00 145 2 52 1 98 287 1 54 1 02 148 0 57 0 07 10 156 104 151 158 1 06 154 0 61 0 10 15 1 60 1 08 157 1 62 1 10 160 2 08 442 1 64 1 12 162 0 66 0 16 23 1 66 1 14 165 1 68 1 16 168 4 67 4 09 593 4 69 4 11 596 172 120 174 2 72 3 71 457 373 3 17 460 475 4 16 603 4 77 4 18 606 0 80 0 30 44 1 80 127 184 4 79 420 609 1 82 1 29 187 2 81 2 27 3 81 325 471 4 81 422 612 0 84 0 33 48 184 131 190 1 86 1 33 193 0 90 0 39 57 190 137 199 0 92 041 59 1 91 1 39 202 4 90 4 32 626 0994 043 62 193 141 204 0 96 0 45 65 0 98 0 47 68 197 1
98. 1 40 jndino ejdsip uo ejdsip eunsseg Quiof 329u2 einsseJd einssejg p y ane sued uedo LL eDueuosip JO jo 1019 uonejedo OL O d 4 1 Joopino GAS HAS ZAS ANd J00pinoj400pu 10449 J00pjno 100puj J0SUOS Pd 9 o1 lt jeuuouqe eDexeeJq edid edid 10 599p S ON YAS S 89A euuou ON Ssed q ZAS S ous 2 un Ray jo Aue S 50 LOEND ZAIWd preoq 5 d 31 100pino 9 LAWd 5 012 5 ewou Joopino 1 lt 0 10 yoeso Aue S S9A lt ON uoneJodo 6
99. 13 0 096 type 096 type 38 6 17 5 114 type 114 type 40 8 18 5 144 type 072 type 072 type 50 7 23 0 168 type 096 type 072 type 67 2 30 5 192 type 096 type 096 type 78 3 35 5 228 type 114 type 114 type 78 3 35 5 193 11 3 Work procedure after repair When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit follow the procedure described below lt Work procedure gt 1 Fully open PMV1 2 PMV4 MMY MAPO964HT6UL and MAP1144HT6UL only in accordance with the table below Note PMV full opening operation via short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes of the short circuiting of the CN30 pins SW12 CN30 PMV operation Bit 1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 OFF OFF OFF OFF Short circuit PMV1 and 2 fully open for 2 minutes OFF ON OFF OFF Short circuit PMV4 fully opens for 2 minutes 2 Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below liquid pipe discharge pipe and suction pipe Right side n Main heat exchanger EF Right side sub heat exchanger Left side _ Main Heat exchanger Check valve Left side sub heat exchanger Check valve gt High pressure sensor
100. 52 SV41 valve lt gt Suction pipe SV43 valve lt gt Suction pipe 4 08 0 lt gt 019 1 08 0 lt gt 019 11 216 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 9 Pipe fixing rubber detachment N WARNING attachment common Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two longitudinal ends of the piece and squeeze it a little to create a small gap between the rubber and the SUS band wrapped around it 2 Push the hook end of the SUS band down to disengage the hook from the square hole 2 Attachment 1 The pipe fixing rubbers use a two segment design to accommodate a wide range of pipe combinations When installing them therefore it is recommended to first split them up into segments and pair the segments up only after placing them on pipes of matching sizes separately In this regard make sure that the mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other 2 When placing an SUS band around pipe fixing rubber make sure that the hook end of the SUS band coincides with the slit side of the rubber The band can be placed the other way around but only at the expense of work efficiency 3 Place the SUS band tightly around the pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap between them Take utmost care n
101. 8 3 8 Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 80 to 125 Maximum number of indoor units 28 32 Operation temperature range Cooling FDB 23 to 109 Heating FWB 5 to 60 Sound pressure level 1 Rated conditions Cooling dB A 61 5 63 0 Heating dB A 63 5 Cooling Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb 67 F WetBulb Outdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb Outdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb 43 F WetBulb Equivalent piping lengt Value for only outdoor Setting is necessary 2 73 4 5 6 Select wire size based h 100 ft Hight difference 0 ft unit on the larger value of MCA Minimum Circuit Amps minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design 7 8 MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection Amps This specification is value as of Jun 2013 please note that specification is subject to change without notice 17 65 0 The amount does not consider extra piping length Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length High pressure switch High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Fusible plug PC board fuse Inverter overload protector Single unit System with ducted indoor units Outdoor unit model name MMY MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V P
102. Connection to stop Equipment from other line is found Disconnect inter line tie cable in Connection of other line found to have been connected when accordance with automatic address outdoor unit during indoor automatic address setting is setting method explained in from other line automatic in progress Address setting section E20 E20 02 address setting Connection of indoor unit from other line VF Outdoor All stop Signal cannot be transmitted to Check power supply to outdoor outdoor other outdoor units for at least 30 units Is power turned on communication seconds continuously Check connection of tie cables transmission between outdoor units for bad error contact or broken wire Check communication E23 E23 connectors on outdoor P C boards Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units VF Duplicated All stop There is duplication in outdoor Note E25 E25 follower outdoor addresses set manually Do not set outdoor addresses address manually 121 Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations E26 E26 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally Dropping out of outdoor unit
103. DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too low undervoltage Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 128 MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Location int i Wired of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code 01 Compressor IPDU Heat sink All stop Temperature sensor built into Check power supply voltage 1 side VF overheating IGBT TH is overheated Check outdoor fan system error 02 Compressor error Check heat sink cooling duct for 2 side clogging 03 Compressor Check IGBT and heat sink for 07 07 3 side thermal performance for faulty installation e g mounting screws and thermal conductivity Check for defect A3 IPDU faulty IGBT built in temperature sensor TH Detected indoor Indoor Indoor overflow All stop Float switch operates Check float switch connector address unit error Float switch circuit is open Check operation of drain pump P10 P10 circuited or disconnected at Check drain pump circuit connector Check drain pipe for clogging Check for defect in indoor P C board Indoor Indoorfan motor Stop of Motor speed measurements Check connection of fan unit error corresponding continuously deviate from target connector and wiring unit value Check for defect in fan motor P12 Overcurrent prot
104. DIAGRAM MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL pom 1 FAN 5 MOTOR FAN jPULSE MOTOR PULSE MOTOR VALVE 4 Me HIGH PRESSURE ENSOR LOW PRESSURE SENSOR own PLUG FUSIBLE ad TANK LIQUID SV3B LIQUID LINE GAS LINE VALVE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE SERVICE VALVE PACKED 8 a VALVE 2way CAPILLARY VALVE JOINT STRAINER SENSOR DISTRIBUTOR TUBE CHECKED CHECK TEMPERATURE 235 Ref Description 0724HT6UL 0964HT6UL 1144HT6UL 001 43120252 FAN PROPELLER 1 1 1 002 43100471 CABINET AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 003 43100474 CABINET AIR INLET FRONT 1 004 43100475 CABINET AIR INLET BACK 1 007 43141522 COMPRESSOR DA421A3FB 29M1 2 3 3 008 43151308 SWITCH PRESSURE ACB 4UB105W 2 3 3 009 43157276 HEATER CASE 29W 240V 2 3 3 010 43157290 HEATER CASE 55W 240V 1 1 1 011 4312C071 MOTOR FAN DC280V 1 1 1 013 43146741 VALVE PACKED 9 52 1 1 1 014 43F46498 VALVE PACKED 12 7 1 1 1 015 4314N041 VALVE BALL 25 4 1 1 1 016 4314N046 COIL SOLENOID AC208 230 60HZ 6 8 8 017 43146739 COIL SOLENOID 1 1 1 018 43146711 VALVE 2WAY 5 5 5 019 4314N028 COIL PMV 2 3 3 020 43146712 VALVE 2WAY 2 2 021 43146730 VALVE 2WAY 1 1 1 022 4314N049 VALVE 4WAY 1 1 1 023 43146734 VALVE C
105. Gun causae a nk 60 8 TEST OPERATION 61 8 1 Procedure and summary of test operation 61 8 2 Check items before test operation before powering on 62 8 3 Check at main power on 66 8 4 Address E T 67 BAe Ms Precautii ONS 67 8 4 2 Address setup and check procedure eese nennen nnne nnns 67 8 4 3 Address setup procedure eese 68 8 4 4 Check after address setup when central control system is connected 91 8 5 Troubleshooting in test operation 82 8 5 1 A check code is displayed the remote control 82 8 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote control is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit 83 8 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote COnlrol ien renean neo
106. Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant oil recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units normal cooling operation resumes 5 minutes though it varies according to the operating conditions of the system Heating oil recovery control takes place approximately every hour Control duration is about 2 to 10 minutes though it varies according to loading conditions Compressor rotational speed varies with control conditions indoor unit capacity and outdoor unit specification 44 Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 7 Defrosting control reverse defrosting method 1 Defrosting commencement conditions During heating operation the cumulative duration of operation in which sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured and when this reaches 55 minutes defrosting control is introduced Just after startup or upon changeover from cooling to heating the target cumulative duration is 25 minutes If the outdoor units are a combination of different models all the units begin engaging in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement conditions 2 Details of defrosting control 1 All compressors currently in operation are operated at the min
107. Joopjno jo YOBYD jun Joopjno ay eui ay Jo eseud 2940 1055919109 uo eDeyo jeuuouqy 20 2 Josse1duio uo jeuuouqy 20 4 uo jeuuouqy L0 s 00 epoo qns 105 uo eBeyo jeuuouqe yun 100pjno eu Jamod eseud s 0 dl Ajddns 1e wod 4 JO 10119 157 vejd y eunje4 Zovl OOW 100put 49940 AGG pue AG pue 0 sann yey os spueu Um 5 lt pue ENO 40 uonipuoo 20 pJeoq Jooput UO PEEND JO G pue J9 S9 yeuBls uonisod Y29949 reus uonisod Joopu Jo yndjno JOJOW ON 0702 S Pinoys eouejsises ipeuous peuedo jou 31 uonisod jo 5 2 2 40
108. L1 5 1 sw2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 100 normal operation 100 normal operation ON ON OFF 80 upper limit regulated 85 upper limit regulated ON OFF ON 60 upper limit regulated 75 upper limit regulated ON ON ON 0 forced stop 60 upper limit regulated Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output Operation terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating Electrical Rating 24 V orless AC DC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 54 7 2 3 Snowfall fan control Header outdoor unit oer ee ee ee Locally procured interface POB ae RAS Showa senior TB1 hen o t i Spur COOL Heat Shad ie 5 XI wire em Snowfall detection switch snowfall sensor ee a Operation An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan Terminal Input signal Operation ON Snowfall fan control E Turns on outdoor COOL OFF unit fan
109. LEAD ASSY COMPRESSOR 2 3 3 240 WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE Check of Concentration Limit The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out its concentration will not exceed a set limit The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air conditioner is safe without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia and is not restricted by laws to be imposed which protect the ozone layer However since it contains more than air it poses the risk of suffocation if its concentration should rise excessively Suffocation from leakage of R410A is almost non existent With the recent increase in the number of high concentration buildings however the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor space individual control energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power etc Most importantly the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with conventional individual air conditioners If a single unit of the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small room select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out its concentration does not reach the limit and in the event of an emergency measures can be made before injury can occur In a room where the concentration may exceed th
110. MAP0724HT6UL Inverter P C board for fan Interface P C board FAN IPDU Outdoor control P C board MCC 1610 MCC 1606 M D Noise Filter 98 e d MCC 1625 n i un FE Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block e Inverter board for Compressor 1 Inverter P C board for Compressor 2 IPDU A3 IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 26 Outdoor Unit 8 10ton Model MMY MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Inverter P C board for fan Interface P C board FAN IPDU Outdoor control P C board MCC 1610 MCC 1606 Noise Filter board MCC 1625 Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Inverter P C board Inverter P C board Inverter P C board for Compressor 1 for Compressor 2 for Compressor 3 A3 IPDU A3 IPDU A3 IPDU MCC 1596 MCC 1596 MCC 1596 Relay terminal block for reactor 27 3 5 3 5 1 UART communication 530 For interz nit cable between indoor and outdoor units For inter unit cable between outdoor units CNO3 51406270910 W11 12 13 14 Jumper select Outdoor inverter print circuit board Interface P C board MCC 1606 PMV2 Sensor input PMVA output output PMV1 output CN300 CN303 Option input output tel
111. Operating mode Cooling Heating Indoor temp F 64 90 59 77 Outdoor temp F 77 95 41 50 psi 290 465 365 475 Pressure Ps psi 75 135 70 110 Criteria after 15 minutes or more has passed since operating started 3 On rotations of outdoor fans Outdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating with excessive load For control content also refer to items in Section 6 Control Outline Outdoor Unit Outdoor Fan Control 90 8 7 Service support function 8 7 1 Check function for connecting of refrigerant and control lines This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line Wiring over lines between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P C board of the header unit However be sure to check the following items prior to executing this check function 1 2 This check function does not work when a group operation by remote control is performed and it is used over outdoor units When using this check system be sure to check for each 1 line in the unit of outdoor unit If checking the multiple lines at the same time misjudgment may be caused Check procedure PowerON Be sure to turn on the power indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit System capacity check Set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the in
112. Outdoor fan high static pressure shift Purpose characteristics This function is used when connecting a duct to the discharge port of an outdoor unit as part of for example unit installation on the floor by floor installation Setup Turn ON the DIP switch SW 10 Bit 2 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header and follower units Specification Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below If a discharge duct with a resistance greater than 0 06 InWG 15 Pa is to be used enable this function The maximum external static pressures of base units are shown below Table 1 Table 1 Maximum External Static Pressures of Base Outdoor Units Model MMY MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Maximum external static pressure 0 2 InGW 50 Pa 0 2 InGW 50 Pa 0 2 InGW 50 Pa Outdoor unit air flow CFM 5800 6600 7060 Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow 7 1 2 Priority operation mode setting Purpose characteristics This function allows switching between priority cooling and priority heating Four patterns of priority operation mode setting are available as shown in the table below Select a suitable priority mode according to
113. PMV1 2 4 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection 06 Fall of pressure Discharge temp error TD1 P03 Rise of discharge temp A Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 P18 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe B Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure convergent section High pressure SW system error 4 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error 4 Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Strainer SV3A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3B valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3D valve Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3D valve circuit capillary H Strainer SV3E valve Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 05 Oil circuit error Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Oil level low Oil level low SV3F valve J Corres
114. S 5 euo 20 ejqgjoeuuoo spun Z xeyw pJeoq O d 4 Joopjno 2 oopjno uonoeuuo Z spun JOOPyNO pajoeuuoo 7 100pino pejoeuuoo Jo 1940 9271 sneg 42949 2 pJeoq Joopur uo 1oydepe YO9YD amp pejoeuuoo x1owjeu 1 Jo Jou Uejs s JO YIOMJOU eui 2909 sessoJppe 2 0271 2940 2 SWS Jeujoue ui y esr spun Joopyno Jo 41 Jo PUN ue pue seues 100pino I SIWIAS Uv 9949 154 O d e2ejdes ysixa Z snadrev eei ed adA 960 9 2 0 Z pue snadrev Ue pue ev snadi eseo ui 10339 pieoq O d 10339
115. SV3D _ Oil separator Fusible plug AH Pacer pr antl Liquid tank Check valve Tiquid side Gas side service valve service valve packed valve 194 1 2 Replacing Compressors 12 1 Compressor replacement procedure outline ZIANI A WARNING is th td it th nth tem In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs itis not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the system in the outdoor units It could cause a serious accident such as blow out or Manually open PMV 1 2 Recover refrigerant injury and 4 of the failed unit from the failed unit in Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a by short circuiting the accordance with 11 refrigerant recovery device pins of CN30 on I F P C Outdoor Unit board and turning off the Refrigerant Recovery power switch and Method N WARNING recover refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery device 1 When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit 1 The ful opening of PMV1 2 and 4 via short circuiting of the CN30 pins is automatically undone after 2 minutes causing the valves to fully close To maintain fully open state turn off the power Dismantle the faulty compre
116. SW1 ON Normal operation M Cancels control OFF The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 7 2 4 External master ON OFF control Header outdoor unit gt E KU E ED ML EI Locally procured Outdoor unit Optional interface PCB Connection MP TIERE EM cable g i TB81 lj lj 1 5 H 1H tot n i i 512 5 COOL t t1 Swi o Li ill SE 1 i a Shield um _______ 7 d wire SW Operation input switch FDR ON ge A SW2 Stop input switch Operation The system is started stopped from the outdoor unit Terminal Input signal Operation COOL ON Turns on all indoor units SW1 OFF HEAT ON E off all indoor we OFF The input signal is recognized during its falling phase After reaching the bottom of the falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms N CAUTION 1 Do not turn on the COOL SW1 and HEAT SW2 terminals simultaneously 2 Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal External signal No voltage pulse contact The optional P C board should be conn
117. System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code Indoor Duplicated Stop of There is more than one header unit Check indoor addresses unit indoor header corresponding in group Check for any change made to L03 unit unit remote control connection group individual since indoor address setting VF Duplicated All stop There is duplication in line address Check line addresses 104 104 2 outdoor line setting for outdoor units belonging address to different refrigerant piping Systems VF Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit has been Check display on priority indoor priority indoor set up as priority indoor unit unit unit as bes displayed priority indoor unit No of priority VF Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit have Check displays on priority indoor indoor units priority indoor been set up as priority indoor unit unit and outdoor unit unit as 106 106 displayed indoor unit other than priority indoor unit Indoor Connection of Stop of There is at least one stand alone Check indoor addresses unit group control corresponding indoor unit to which group control 107 cable to stand unit cable is connected alone indoor unit Indoor Indoor group Stop of Address setting has not been Check indoor addresses 108 108 unit addresses not corresponding performed for indoor units This code is displayed w
118. The terminal for display output terminal must satisfy the following electrical rating lt Electrical Rating gt 24 V or less AC DC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to the display relay load insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for DC power supply on the bypass circuit The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 7 2 2 Power peak cut control extended Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit interface PCB BERAY TB1 i supply i OPERATION 4 A Connection cable contacts for each terminal Operation An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp SW1 Power peak cut control ON switch 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch 1 1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal Extended power peak cut control settings Specifications of display relay contact External power peak cut control Peak capacity Indication lamp WE Bit 1
119. air conditioner is running properly After repair work has finished check there is no trouble If check is not executed a fire electric shock or injury may be caused For a check turn off the power breaker After repair work installation of front panel and cabinet has finished execute a test run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound If check is not executed a fire or an electric shock is caused Before test run install the front panel and cabinet Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes Do not operate the unit with the valve closed Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant The valve is opened Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in damage of the parts of the compressor and etc and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section of pipes the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury QD Check after reinstallation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Check the foll
120. all the indoor units Refer to Test operation procedure of the indoor remote control The operation does not start for approximately 3 minutes after powering on or stopping operation Note After powering on it may require up to 10 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communications of the system Check the operating status of the compressor Check the direction of the louver Execute a test operation using Start Stop Function of the Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in the Service Support Function section Note 1 Is there adequate temperature difference NO between suction and discharge YES Is the operating voltage correct NO 460 V 10 YES Note 2 E Is the operating current normal D YES Note 3 v E Is the operating pressure normal D YES Normal 89 Check power voltage of the main power supply Check the cable size of the power supply Check the temperature load of the indoor outdoor units Check the pipe length and refrigerant amount Check the operating Hz of the compressor Check the operation of the outdoor fans Check for abnormal sound in the outdoor unit Abnormal sound etc of the compressor and other components Notes 1 3 are on the next page Note 1 Criteria for the diffe
121. been performed for one or 08 08 o SIM Indoor group address not set more indoor units also detected at outdoor unit end Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor Log o SIM capacity not set unit There is duplication in central control address L20 o SIM Duplicated central control address setting 5 Indoor external error input Unit shutdown has been caused by external error L30 L30 Detected indoor unit 3 51 interlock input CN80 Indoor AC fan error is detected activation of fan P01 Indoor AC fan error motor thermal relay P10 P10 Detected indoor unit o Indoor overflow error Float switch has been activated Indoor DC fan error e g overcurrent or lock up is P12 8 ALT Indoor DC fan error Follower unit cannot be operated due to header P31 o indoor unit error unit alarm E03 L03 LO7 L08 110 Error detected by remote control Check code Display of receiving unit Main remote Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Typical fault site Description of error Operation Timer Ready controller Sub code Ha Flash No master remote control faulty Signals cannot be received from indoor unit E01 remote control communication master remote control has not been set including reception two re
122. charge the refrigerant If using gas for charging composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner change 3 Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes copper pipe and joints are mainly used It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum 1 Copper pipe lt Piping gt The pipe thickness flare finishing size flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type When using a long copper pipe for R410A it is recommended to select Copper or copper base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less Also do not use crushed deformed discolored especially inside pipes Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes lt Flare nut gt Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit 2 Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner However clear impurities when using them 14 4 Tools 1 Required Tools for R410A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge clogging of capillary etc Accordingly the tools to be used are classified into the following three types 1 Tools exclusive for R410A Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant R22 2 T
123. conditioner s power Test cooling operation Test heating operation Push the 5 button of the wireless remote control Set the temperature to Setthe temperature to 86 and select the COOL HEAT operating 3 64 4 F 18 C using the F 30 C using the mode with the Mode button All display lamps on the Temperature setting Temperature setting 3 wireless remote control sensor section blink during button button mode other than After checking Tof the Aner checking for the ele receiving tone receiving beep tone COOL HEAT immediately push th immediately push th Error is detected as usual 4 Immediately Push Immeclateyipusn Temperature setting Temperature setting 4 When the test operation has finished push the b button to set it to 66 2 F button to set it to 84 2 F button to stop the operation 19 C 29 C Turn off the air conditioner s power After checking for the After checking for the Change Bit 1 of switch S003 on the sensor PC board receiving beep tone receiving beep tone 5 from to off 5 immediately push the immediately push the Attach the adjustment corner cap with the sensors to Temperature setting Temperature setting the ceiling panel button to set it to 64 4 F button to set it to 86 F 18 C 30 C Bit 1 Then repeat steps 4 gt 5 gt 4 p 5 After 3 5888 approximately 10 seconds the OPERATION a green
124. ee 25 2 er as oe Josues einsseJg Sd H JOE leek 1 1 5 dd N33H9 Jojpejuoo NMO88 N38 ET en d d Gea 1 JO W371 3ONVO NYO wu A 6 gt JosseJduioo 10 EWI ZWD LWO SSCSL OOWI 2 Jojejnuinooy H3lv3Hv AVHO AN9 oul eowieg ice sos f z lox oseo sossaud 31V3H 30v18 18 465 one LUMS 542 1 R8 kd od 02 zu3iv3H L3 v3H uu Al e SI E M E m Xo ue Wd MOTI3A 13A 198 L A009 V8 123 024 SLLIHM IHM LT fe 8 0 1euuojsue 5 4 OSz91 09W aay Ro Ims NO OD nuno A0SZ 91 04 204 104 uoneoiput 1010 LA 2 EB 5629755 cons SION 5 4 ysz9l 00W gepu 002 Oe lx 1092 WSL 0064 mu a 250 ue 0191 09 ai Pye Qoo Fins 115 E 204 204 ws n m gt 5 3 9091 95 pen V DM ELE vezi 1 T8 r3 8 5 _ verb 1 9 i 005 VSTE 203 r8 105599109 7 8 c vias 9 1 Pani MY Jojoouuo JE ZENO
125. failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipes fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the failed outdoor unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Disconnect the connector CNO3 for outdoor outdoor communication BUS2 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 0 oc 00296 2 4 In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 communication connector on interface P C board 3 Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe Selection of new header unit 5 Select a new header unit from the follower units on the basis of the following criteria If only one follower unit is connected select it as the header unit f two or more follower units are connected select the follower unit that is nearest to the failed header unit Setup of new header unit 6 Set SW13 SW14 on the interface P C board same as the setti
126. heating operation in the indoor unit Test operation 61 8 2 Check items before test operation before powering on Prior to the test operation check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work 1 the case that a central control system is not connected 2 4 ER y Header unit A Outdoor unit u u2 tf 7 77 u u2 ui 12 D ale Ea 4 Remote Remote control control Indoor unit Check Remote control Main check items 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 15 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 U4 terminal removed Set up factory default 3 15 the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5 U6 terminal 4 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up factory default 5 15 the end terminal of the shield wire open 6 15 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit
127. in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK4 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK5 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F H15 H15 2 miswiring incomplete insertion All stop Air discharge temperature of TD2 does not increase despite compressor 2 being in operation Check installation of TD2 sensor Check connection of TD2 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 125 Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations H16 01 TK1 oil circuit error 02 TK2 oil circuit error 03 TK3 oil circuit error 04 TK4 oil circuit error 05 TK5 oil circuit
128. indoor outdoor communication line for wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas balancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging 130 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Location inti Wired of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code IGBT circuit IPDU Outdoor fan All stop Sub code 0 Check fan motor 1 Position IPDU error Fan IPDU over current protection Check for defect in fan IPDU P C detection circuit circuit board error Flow of current equal to or greater 3 Motorlockup than the specified value is detected error during startup of the fan stop Sub code 1 Check fan motor detection Fan IPDU position detection circuit Check connection of fan motor TH sensor Position detection is not going on connector temperature normally Check for defect in fan IPDU P C error board D TH sensor All stop Sub code 3 Check fan motor error Gusty wind an obstruction or e Check for defect in fan IPDU P C E Inverter DC another external factor board voltage error Speed estimation is not going on outdoor fan normally Note Although stop Sub code 4 Check fan motor P22 P22 letters 0 to F Fan IPDU over current protec
129. much oil the faulty compressor contained A gal cc and how much oil the normal compressor contained B gal cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B gal cc 0 A B lt 0 528 2000 1 Agjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 0 264 1000 each total 0 528 2000 Laythe compressors down and draw 0 238 900 gal cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes Notes Do not draw more than 0 238 900 gal cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage If the faulty compressor contained 0 132 500 gal cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 12 3 Check procedure to search cause of compressor oil shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B gal cc 0 528 2000 A B lt 1 004 3800 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to A B 2 gal cc each Lay the compressors down and draw 1 004 3800 2 gal cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A B gal cc 1 004 3800 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to A B 2 gal cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject A B 2 0 502 1900 gal cc of oil using a fu
130. nIio ILAS zZ FEAS JO Bui6Bojo ay 09450 anjen eouejsisaJ JOSUBS GAL sonsiayoeseyo 25108095 SxLVALEMLIC LU VALL uo 40 5 10895 GJL 100 S 80 epoo qns Josues eu eoe des lt 1 Josueg OSNO Q L 241 Z0SNO LAL 10905 Josues JO uoneljeisut 7991109 O d 84D amp Jeuuou Josuas oouejsiseJ 28108095 uo 40 ou eJeu s amp pej ejsur Josuas 1 S 152 eougjsisei JO sonsuejoeueuo 92uejsiseJ JO JOS 1251591 y sonsuejoeJeuo GYL Jo eAgoejep 4 GAL 9 LH agree SLES lt eunjejeduue eBueuosip 100p NO s ZHI 42949 42949 uonoeuuoosiul q 105 95 si euo sy jou SI 10 YIM AWOL peyoojep Jod 10 9UO 195
131. o transferring oil receiving oil Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Follower unit MMY MAP0724HT6UL CN LLLI High pressure sensor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 TL 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 i i i i i Accumulator en pet iquid tan Liquid tank Uus 4 Accumulator i i H 1 i i i i i ap i i A Sout i i X 6 a 1 E KOXGHEP Balance pipe o 49 7 Applied Control and Functions 7 1 Applied control for outdoor unit The outdoor fan high static pressure support and priority operation mode setting cooling heating number of units or priority indoor unit functions are made available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit 7 1 1
132. of the outdoor unit Available control modes are 0 at rest to 63 2 Heating fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor 2 gt 77 F 25 C is continuously detected for 8 minutes the fan may be turned off However this condition is the same as normal thermo OFF so that fan operation will be restarted 3 For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting this control is disabled 4 When refrigerant is in extremely short supply this control may cause the air conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off TE1 temperature Fee Zone A Lowest mode timer count for forced compressor shutdown 77 25 Zone B 2 15 seconds down to lowest mode 46 4 8 Zone C 1 15 seconds down to lowest mode 42 8 6 Zone D Hold staying at current mode 39 2 4 Zone E 1 15 seconds up to highest mode speed 2 corresponding to the highest 35 6 2 gt Zone Highest mode mode varies with the HP capacity of the outdoor unit 3 Control while follower unit at rest The fan is operated at mode 1 to prevent the accumulation of refrigerant inside the outdoor heat exchanger 3 Capacity 1 The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of control capacity demand issued by indoor controllers 2 The two or three compressors featured in an outdoor unit operate on a rotational basis so tha
133. outdoor line addresses Modify the line address setup of the header unit 104 104 Line address setup error occurred after between lines Set up SW13 and SW14 on the connection between U1 U2 and U3 U4 interface PC board connectors 105 06 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit 106 There are two more indoor units set with Among indoor units indicating 105 set one unit priority with priority Address setup error Set up the addresses again 08 08 Only indoor addresses of the connected indoor Modify the setup L05 Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority 106 Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority 82 8 5 2 Operation from the indoor remote control is not accepted and a check code is displayed on the 7 segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit Header unit eee 7 segment Cause Countermeasures display Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected Set up addresses 108 indoor units are not set There is no header unit of group control Set up a group address Indoor unit power is not turned on Turn on the power again In the order indoor gt outdoor Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly connected Correct wiring to the U1 U2 terminal of the header unit Fig 1 Indoor E19 lt gt 00 outdoor cannot communicate before ad
134. pieoq O d JO 1294102 JO uonoeuuoo 1294107 pJeoq 9 4 1 pue nadi ev ueewjeq 5 Z O d 20 ui dnjas esuodsai ON ON 9 ud c 01000 eje Aq juawesnseay pieoq d 00950 Jo suid pue uonjenjny AS 090 eje q 7074 uo 0099 Jo suid pue uonenjony pue o uorpeuuoosip ou sA pueog O d j pue S9A Z pue Ly OL 6 8 sieduinf pieoq 5d jo dnas 4eduunf 588598538 ad n gl n dlzv epoo qng 40418 Ayuenb 5271 eoe des einjie4 O d 100pur peus JO 490 jou S J0 oeuuoo 9 0NO 10 uonoeuuoosip JO uonoeuuoo Joj
135. power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 6 7 Approx 10 minutes after system startup Select header unit as unit fully close gas pipe service valve for pressure adjustment Failed outdoor unit 6 Header unit outdoor Fd unit selected as such WN 10 When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit 1 falls below 14 5 psi 0 10 MPa fully close balance output adjust pressure to around 17 psi pipe packed valve 0 12 MPa by slowly closing gas pipe service Press SWOS5 to finish test cooling operation valve 3 Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical and after letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve 11 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation Set SW01 02 03 of the header unit back to 1 1 1 192 11 2 to operate system while failed outd
136. reaches or exceeds PO The compressor restart prevention timer 2 minutes 30 seconds is set and the control terminated When PO 500 3 psi 3 45 MPa compressor No 2 or No 3 the last one of three compressors in terms of startup order in a three compressor configuration is shut down When Pd 2 PO 507 5 psi 3 5 MPa compressor No 1 the first compressor in terms of startup order is shut down 10 Case heater control There are two types of case heaters a compressor case heater and an accumulator case heater This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant in those cases and is performed by all outdoor units If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a post installation test run compressor failure may occur Similarly when starting compressors after a long period of no power supply it is recommended that the power supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed just like a post installation test run This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the compressor motor windings In this case a charging sound may be heard but this is normal 1 Control details The heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off The heaters are turned off when TO sensor temperature becomes 4 82 4 F 28 and are turned back on when TO sensor temperature becomes 5 77 F 25 When the co
137. remote control or optional devices 62 2 In the case that central control system is connected before address setup 4 26 9 Central remote control ut uz 1 1 Lus ua 2 To other refrigerant i Other x is 77 i refrigerant line Header unit Follower unit B us u ua Outdoor unit v ut us us ur uz 6 uz us us i gt 5 To indoor unit E E y ut 2 2 Indoor unit ala ala ala if ji Remote Remote Remote control control control Check Main check items 1 Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U1 U2 terminals 2 15 the relay connector between the U1 U2 terminal and the U3 U4 terminal removed Set up factory default Keep the relay connector disconnected before address setup 3 15 the communication line between outdoor units connected to the 05 06 terminal 4 15 the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3 U4 terminals of each refrigerant line The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines of the indoor outdo
138. selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated At first the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA No system address is indicated DONS OFF 1 wA C Jit E reser SET CL UNIT LONER 8 MA ox gt 6 Finish 5 7 Press to finish setting 4 Push the TIME v buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET DATA Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address 5 Pushthe button to confirm the new address SET DATA 6 Push the 247 button left side of the button repeatedly to select another address to change Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique 7 Push the button All the segments on the LCD display light up 8 Pushthe 7 button to finish the procedure Resetting the address Resetting to the factory default address undecided Method 1 Clearing each address separately using a wired remote control Set the system address indoor unit address and group address to 0099 using a wired remote control For the setting procedure refer to the address setting proce
139. the button repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT No to change Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique 7 Push the 7 button left side of the button to check the changed addresses 8 If the addresses have been changed correctly push the button to finish the procedure To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote control The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control NOTE You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote control Enter the address check change mode and change the addresses 9 20 9 3 Cancels the line selection If no number appears on UNIT No no outdoor unit exists on the line Push button and select another line following step 2 Execute it while the units are stopped 1 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE No Address Change are indicated on the LCD display SWING FIX 2 Push 7 left side of the button and buttons repeatedly to select a system address 77 3 Push the button The address of one of the indoor units connected to the
140. the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated Push the button to finish the procedure All the indoor units in the group stop To check all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote control When communication wirings of 2 or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control Execute it while the units are stopped You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line When an outdoor unit is selected the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated 75 1 Push and hold the TIME Y and 27 buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds At first the line 1 and CODE No Address Change are indicated on the LCD display Select an outdoor unit S WING FIX 2 Push the left side of the button and 2 buttons repeatedly to select a system address 3 Push the button to confirm the system address selection The address of an indoor unit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and its fan and louvers are activated 4 Push the button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another Only the fan and louvers of the in
141. they are incorrectly used the code E04 indoor outdoor communication circuit error is output 2 When manual address setup has been done from a remote control and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done setup the header unit of each line as follows Using SW13 SW14 on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line setup the line address for each line Except for the line with the smallest line address number set SWO3 bit 2 to off for the interface PC board of the header unit of lines connected to the same central control put the resistance of the end terminals of the central control line indoors and outdoors into one Connect the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line After that set up the central control address For central control address setup refer to the installation manual of the central control devices B Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an indoor unit using the remote control Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units To see the indoor unit address of an indoor unit which you know the position of When the unit is individual the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote control one to one or it is a group controlled one F DONS OFF TMERSET FAN MAE Starts u B running 1 x SET CL OWNGMA U
142. unit Outdoor unit interface PCB CN510 5 i Locally procured Connection Optional PCB cable 4 Em i 1 5 Pui COOL gt gt HEAT H a BI shied 79 SSS Swi Cooling mode specified input switch SW2 Heating mode specified input switch NOTE SW1 COOL mode selection switch SW2 HEAT mode selection switch Input signal Operation Remarks COOL SW1 HEAT SW2 ON OFF Only cooling n operation allowed OFF ON Only heating x operation allowed OFF OFF Normal operation The display Operation mode selection control in progress appears on the remote control Indoor unit operation intervention function The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed by changing the status of a jumper wire J01 provided on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit Jumper wire Description of intervention All indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode prohibited mode indoor units become non priority units thermostat OFF Prohibited mode indoor units Operation mode Operation status Remote control J01 connected display factory default COOL Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote control 0 operation ready H
143. unit cannot be turned on so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump down operation Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant Work procedure Setup of failed outdoor unit 1 Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure side check joint using a gauge manifold and purge the manifold of air to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers 2 Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve of the failed outdoor unit Leave the service valve of the gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open Setup of unit selected as header unit hereafter header outdoor unit 3 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 2 5 1 After C is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 4 After C C is displayed on the 7 segment display the system starts operating in the test cooling operation mode 5 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit to 1 2 2 to have the low pressure sensor output psi MPa displayed on the 7 segment display Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure side check joint using gauge manifold and purge manifold of air Fully close liquid service valve Leave gas and balance pipes fully open
144. units connected to the system was faulty use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault Check code 228 Operation lt In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only gt 1 Check that the switches SW01 SW02 SWO0O3 on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 1 1 7 segment display OC Outdoor unit Error code display 2 Press the push switch SWOA for 2 seconds or more 3 E 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx 10 seconds after E 1 was displayed n case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units 1 Check that the switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 1 1 2 Press the push switches SW04 and SW05 at the same time for 2 seconds or more 3 E 0 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max fan speed within approx 10 seconds after E 0 was displayed Release Press the push switch 5 05 on the interface P C board in the header unit for 2 seconds or more The outdoor fan which was operated stops Check that U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A and then finish the work 104 8 7 10 Manual adjustment function of outside temperature sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by
145. vAWd CAWd VAWd D h poq o jo LAWd 510 99 009 ay ON Z uonoeuuoo 40 29uuo ANd S SJojeuuoo YANd CAWd LAWd opino Jo suonoeuuo LOENO ZAWd LANA 12905 epis K jnj uedo pue seb pJeoq O d 4 1 9 YAS 9 edid e uo e 6 edid eouejeq Jo pue geAS Jo p p ZAS 2 20 19 Josues 51 B 10149 105095 Sq Josuas Z 4048 ANd 2 10 2 uonipuoo SL L uonoejep 7 uonoejep seo s Lal o 9poo opoo yoouo 159 pue eBexeeuq edid edid pue ou si
146. 0 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature F Indoor TC2 and TCJ sensors 200 20 Temperature Resistance F kQ 4 20 102 9 515 150 15 14 10 Resistance Resistance 23 5 440 kQ 55 F 10 C or 55 F 10 C or below below 100 10 50 5 22 4 14 32 50 68 88 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 80 80 100 Temperature F C 176 80 178 9 10 Pressure sensor output check Outdoor Unit V Pd sensor characteristics 0 to 639 psi 4 41 MPa 0 5 to 5 V output for 0 to 639 psi 4 41 MPa Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN501 on indoor unit main P C board with negative side probe of multimeter placed on pin 3 V MPa psi V MPa psi V MPa psi 1 99 146 212 201 148 215 2 13 1 60 232 2 17 1 64 238 2 19 1 66 241 2 23 1 69 245 234 1 81 262 V MPa psi 301 2 46 357 3 36 2 80 406 3 38 2 82 409 V MPa psi 3 98 342 496 4 00 344 499 4 04 348 505 4 06 349 506 440 3 82 554 000 0 00 0 1 00 0 49 71 0 02 0 00 0 0 04 0 00 0 104 0 53 77 006 0 00 0 1 06 0 54 78 0 08 0 00 0 0 10 0 00 0 1 09 0 58 84 0 12 000 0 111 0 60 87 0 14 0 00 0 113 0 62 90 0 16 0 00 0 115 0 64 93 0 18
147. 02 54403 lt Rotary switches gt 100 8 7 5 Pulse motor valve PMV forced open close function indoor unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for 2 minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation on the interface P C board of the header unit This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation lt Operation gt Open fully Set the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows P FF Close fully Set the switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 3 1 and press SW05 for 2 seconds or more Display appears on 7 segment display for one minute as follows P 00 Clear After 2 minutes 1 minutes for Close fully after setting up the opening automatically returns to the normal opening 8 7 6 Pulse motor valve PMV forced open fully close fully function in outdoor unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P M V PMV1 PMV2 PMV4 used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes PMV1 PMV2 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN30 PMV1 PMV2 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW12 bit1
148. 1 si JOSU S j 10 6 6 uo Josues Joopu ees eouejsise Josues pue POLNI 10 9 10j2euuoo JO uonoeuuoo JO Josuas Jo uoug uedo Jo uonoejep epoo SIU 1019 105 98 Y JOOPU 01 4l yous uedo 1osues v epoo 2945 O d 5 1 Joopyno si 10sues J JOSUSS 6 6 uo Josues einjejedujej jun 995 eouejsiseJ Josues pue ZOGND 10sues J0j2euuoo JO JO YOBYD 0sues OL Jo uoug uedo epoo 5141 10149 Josues OL 804 1045 4990 Josuas OL epoo O d 5 1 Joopyno SI 10sues J JOSUSS 6 6 uo Josues 295 eouejsiseJ Josues JO pue SYM 229 0 J0sues 11 10 2euuoo JO 104 JO uonoeuuoosIp 2942 10sues 11 Jo uous uedo epoo 5141 10119 Josues 11
149. 1 okok Stop input 0 Night operation Normal Start input 1 Snowfall operation Normal uuu Start input 1 14 Optional control Same as above BUS line input 15 Unused 16 E B 166 2 Display of Outdoor Unit Information Displayed on Each Outdoor Unit SW01 SWO02 Swo03 Display detail Error data Outdoor unit No U1 to U4 Check code only latest one displayed If there is no check code is displayed If there is sub code check code and sub code are displayed alternately for 3 seconds and 1 second respectively lt SW04 gt push SW function Fan lt SW04 SW05 gt push SW functi lt SW05 gt push SW function Fan eration at outdoor unit with error 7 segment display section E 1 Fan operation at outdoor unit without error 7 segment display section A E 0 eration function check mode is cancelled A B Operation mode A Stop Normal cooling Normal heating H Normal defrosting J Outdoor unit capacity 10 to 10 0t B A B i Jj Y Y Y Compressor operation command Oper
150. 1 OFF SV42 OFF SV43 ON SV3F OFF SV3F ON ATA w w 14 PMV1 PMV2 opening Displays opening data in decimal format total opening 15 PMV4 opening Displays opening data in decimal format U 16 Oil level judgment status Normal A o L B Initial display Oil level judgment result Displayed letters and represent judgment results for compressor Nos 1 2 and 3 respectively 0 for normal and 1 or 2 for low level Pressing of lt SW05 gt restores normal display lt SW04 gt push SW function Displays low level confirmed judgment result of each compressor A Ld B Compressor No 1 low level being confirmed L Compressor No 2 low level being confirmed L Compressor No 3 low level being confirmed 167 3 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Each Outdoor Unit SWO01 5 02 SW03 Display detail Pd pressure data Pd pressure psi is displayed in decimal format A B 1 Ps pressure data Ps pressure psi is displayed in decimal format PS PL pressure conversion data Converted PL pressure psi is displayed in decimal format PL TD1 sensor data Temperature se
151. 1 8 Type Flare Balance Diameter 3 8 3 8 Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 80 to 120 Maximum number of indoor units 26 30 Operation temperature range Cooling FDB 23 to 109 Heating FWB 5 to 60 Sound pressure level 1 Rated conditions Cooling dB A 61 5 63 0 Heating dB A 63 5 65 0 Cooling Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb 67 F WetBulb Outdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb Outdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb 43 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length 50 ft Hight difference 0 ft 2 Value for only outdoor 3 Setting is necessary 4 5 6 Select wire size based unit on the larger value of MCA Minimum Circuit Amps minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design 7 8 MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection Amps This specification is value as of Jun 2013 please note that specification is subject to change without notice 19 The amount does not consider extra piping length Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length High pressure switch High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Fusible plug PC board fuse Inverter overload protector
152. 11 87 15 48 17 82 20 87 Rated EER Btu W 11 5 10 9 10 8 10 8 Heating Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h 162 189 216 256 156 188 212 246 Rated power consumption kW 13 58 17 01 19 12 20 75 Rated COP W W 3 37 3 24 3 25 3 47 Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed 654 654 855 654 855 855 855 855 Unit 621 621 817 621 817 817 817 817 Color Silky shade Munsell 1Y8 5 0 5 Compressor Type Hermetic twin ro tary compressor Motor output 2 3 2 2 3 2 21 3 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 5 3 2 5 3 Fan unit Fan Propel ler fan Motor output 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Air volume 5 800 5 800 6 600 5 800 6 600 6 600 7 060 7 060 Maximum external static p ressure 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R410A Charged refrigerant amount 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 2544254 25 4 25 4 High pressure switch OFF 420 ON 540 Protective devices 5 Electrical specifications Unit 23 18 23 23 25 20 25 25 Refrigerant piping Liquid Type Flare Diameter 5 8 5 8 Gas Type Brazing Diameter 1 1 8 1 1 8 Type Flare Balance Diameter 3
153. 12V olojo 2 way valve coil VPV AC208 230 V 60 Hz o A SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E AC208 230 V 60 Hz olo SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV3F SV6 2 way valve coil FQ D640 AC208 230 V 60 Hz E SV41 SV42 SV5 AC208 230 V 60 Hz olo SV41 SV42 SV43 6 High pressure SW ACB 4UB OFF 3 73 MPa ON 2 9 MPa 7 Pressure sensor For high pressure NSK BCO38F U220 0 5 4 3 V 0 3 73 MPa olojo 8 Pressure sensor For low pressure NSK BC010F U220 0 5 3 5 V 0 0 98 MPa olojo 9 Fan motor STF 340A1000 1 DC280 V 1 kW 10 Case heater For 240 V 29 W 11 Case heater 240 V 55 W 12 Fusible plug 73 22 3 2 Outdoor inverter N a Specification lt lt lt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 Power supply terminal block HP T3015 31 3P L3S 600 V 100A olojo 4 Relay terminal block for reactor JXO 6B AC300 V 20A 6P 5 Communication terminal block JXO B2H AC30 V or no more than DC42 V 1A 6P olojo 6 Reactor For comp CH 79 5 8 16 olojo 7 Reactor For fan CH 55 5 8 mH 14 olojo 8 Noise Filter P C board MCC 1625 MCC 1625 9 Line Filter 2 7 mH 35A olojo 10 Interface P C board Outdoor control MCC 1606 ololo P C board MCC 1606 11 I
154. 192 198 Rated power consumption kW 11 73 14 97 17 39 17 95 Rated EER Btu W 11 4 11 2 11 0 11 0 Heating Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h 162 189 216 256 162 184 200 214 Rated power consumption kW 14 37 16 13 17 59 18 87 Rated COP W W 3 30 3 34 3 33 3 32 Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed 654 654 855 654 855 855 855 855 Unit 621 621 817 621 817 817 817 817 Color Silky shade Mu nsell 1Y8 5 0 5 Compressor Type Hermetic twin ro tary compressor Motor output 2 3 2 2 3 2 21 3 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 5 3 2 5 3 Fan unit Fan Propel ler fan Motor output 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Air volume 5 800 5 800 6 600 5 800 6 600 6 600 7 060 7 060 Maximum external static p ressure 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R410A Charged refrigerant amount 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 2544254 25 4 25 4 High pressure switch OFF 420 ON 540 Protective devices 5 Electrical specifications Unit 23 18 23 23 25 20 25 25 Refrigerant piping Liquid Type Flare Diameter 5 8 5 8 Gas Type Brazing Diameter 1 1 8 1
155. 2 0 Cooling Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb 67 F WetBulb Outdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb Outdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb 43 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length 25 ft Hight difference 0 ft 2 Value for only outdoor unit 3 Setting is necessary 4 The amount does not consider extra piping length Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length 5 6 5 High pressure switch High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor plug PC board fuse Inverter overload protector Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA MCA Minimum Circuit Amps minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design 7 MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection Amps 78 This specification is value as of Jun 2013 please note that specification is subject to change without notice 18 Combination unit System with ducted indoor units Outdoor unit set model name MMY AP1444HT6UL AP1684HT6UL AP1924HT6UL AP2284HT6UL Outdoor unit model name MMY MAP0724HT6UL MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL MAP0964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V Ph Hz 460 3 60 Acceptable Voltage V 414 Minimum 506 Maximum Cooling Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h 144 168 192 228 134 168
156. 2 sensor red TD3 sensor black gt Accumulator Compressor Compressor 2 TK1 sensor black One closer to you hes E E 5 mon TK2 One farther from you Ly Aot sensor Wie 1 24 a Liquid tank 215 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Pipe fixing rubber This model uses split rubber rings and stainless steel bands as a measure to improve reliability by detachment anchoring vibrating system pipes attachment lt Locations where stainless steel fixing bands are used 5 gt 072 type Suction pipe lt gt Distributor Oil header lt gt Liquid pipe 019 05 lt gt 022 22 025 4 lt gt 012 7 SV2 valve lt gt Discharge pipe 06 35 lt gt 015 88 5 41 valve lt gt Suction pipe 08 0 lt gt 019 05 08 0 lt gt 019 05 096 This model uses split rubber rings stainless steel bands as a measure to improve reliability by 114 type anchoring vibrating system pipes lt Locations where stainless steel fixing bands are used 11 gt Suction pipe lt gt Distributor SV3C valve lt gt Discharge pipe Oil header lt gt Liquid pipe 022 2 lt gt 0222 26 35 lt gt 015 9 025 4 lt gt 015 9 2 used Liquid pipe lt gt SV3 pipe 015 9 lt gt 09 52 Liquid pipe lt gt Balance pipe 915 9 lt gt 09
157. 20 145 10449 1 1O OW 9 1 O d nadrev 9 11945 uoneuBejs 7 JosseJduio 2 z 7 4207 10 49 Jossaidwi05D epoo 9 epoo 0 epoo qng O d 7 A 10119 5 eAnoejep juan epoo 9 NQdI EV uo JOJOSUUOD JO IAL Josues ay lt 1019 JOSU enia 05 0 5 1 281 Z0SNO uoneyeysuisiw Buuimsiw 129402 Josues JO 1291107 1 JO 1049 Buuiwsiuu EAL 10 ZAL LAL Jo uoneljejsurstw Z Josues Jo yo Buiwiog uonoeuuoosiul 01 10sues eunjeJeduie eBueuosip 42942 pieoq O d 49949 ewou Josuas aourjsisal ay SJOSU S uo ou S Josuas qL SI ewou ANd 100pino 51 peuuojep edid vejd y c eunjre 4 0 4 joopino 49949
158. 25 8 D Remove terminal block sub assembly 1 2 Screw Lead 2 Screw 5 white pes black Noise Filter Lead 3 Screw board B red 1625 3 Screw 4 Power supply 5 Screw 3 Screw Noise Filter P C board C 7 Mount MCC 1625 C 3 Screw E ENTAS 227 3 Disconnect all the connectors and fast on terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P C board The line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the noise filter P C board A will be removed in step 6 Disconnect all the connectors and fast on terminals 4 Remove the earthing screws 5 6 The removed earthing screws 5 6 will be reused during the installation of the service board so keep them in a safe place 5 Remove the noise filter P C board assembly by unlocking the four card edge spacers used to secure the P C board 7 6 Remove the line filter 9 and its leads both connected to the screw on terminals 8 of the just removed noise filter P C board A and reinstall them on the service P C board A by firmly connecting them to the screw on terminals 8 in the same manner as before Line Filter installation Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as below The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is 1 84 165 2 5 Please ch
159. 4 is displayed A3 IPDU1 2 and 3 are each provided with a TH sensor Connected to A3 IPDU the high pressure SW is normally closed 48 lt Other points to note gt 1 Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions 1 If pressure falls to extremely low levels indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based on the indoor TC sensor 2 If pressure falls to extremely low levels frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control 3 When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 140 F 60 C the frequency may be increased above the level called for by the command received from the indoor unit 2 PMV Pulse Motor Valve 1 When the power is turned on PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized If this sound is not heard there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation However in a noisy environment it may simply be drowned out by ambient noise 2 Do not separate the actuator head section from any PMV during operation It may result in an inaccurate opening 3 When transporting relocating the set do not under any circumstances keep the actuator separated It may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid 4 When reattaching the actuator after its removal push it in firmly until a click sound is heard Then turn the power off and back on again Schematic diagram for oil equation control Unit Unit
160. 4 indoor unit addresses Nos 01 64 are theoretically available the number of indoor units that can be connected to the same refrigerant piping system is limited to 48 6 Display of Outdoor EEPROM Writing Error Code Displayed on Header Unit Only The latest error code written in the EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed This function is used to check the error code after the resetting of the power supply To display the error code press SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting SW01 to 03 as shown in the table below SW01 502 503 Indoor address 7 segment display section A 1 Latest error code of header unit U1 E 1 2 Latest error code of follower unit No 1 02 222 3 Latest error code of follower unit No 2 U3 E 3 4 Latest error code of follower unit 3 U4 E 4 7 Segment Display Section A Section B 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 88 888 Set SW01 SW02 SW083 to 1 1 16 and press SW04 and hold for least 5 seconds The latest error code of the header unit U1 will be displayed If the setting of SW02 is changed the latest error code of a follow unit U2 U4 will be displayed 170 9 7 Oil level judgment display The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the interface P C board of an outdoor unit Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described b
161. 4 way valve proper Removing of brazed point for pipe located below 4 way valve 1 location Before Removal of PMV Assembly After Removal of PMV Assembly PMV assembly 218 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 10 4 way valve detachment N WARNING PWY i continued Wear a pair of gloves 096 Otherwise you will risk an injury involving 114 type a replacement part or some other object Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a f refrigerant recovery device 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 2 Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 3 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 3 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to protect it from overheating 5 Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw etc 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Prov
162. 44 209 3 95 3 38 490 4 94 4 36 632 4 96 4 38 635 179 Outdoor Uni V Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 215 psi 1 47 MPa 0 5 to 5 V output for 0 to 215 psi 1 47 side probe of Voltage readings across pins 2 and 3 of CN500 on indoor unit main P C board with negative multimeter placed on pin 3 co 60 cJ Nf Ox exp Ov aia bun ur por lt 2 lis 55 E Pe sd Pes bs Fd 2 9 N 3m eto E eo xh alale ole aia einne oela 0 1010 b P534 os Dod SISIgis s m us ojig Ps Ps ele 8 8 ele re lt gt es SIS EE a far a ST lo ejej 5 karara 2 5 eI 3 3 29 2 vr ic 1 16 1S 19 LO LH 16 HS co co co 25 231 SSS oc gely Ca ea e S oO nN 10 N Lo mj co e olco 515 1542 5 e SIS 595 180 1 0 Backup Operation Emergency Operation This produc
163. 49 ON 1 JEAS JO eui Y29949 eu jo ejonue FEAS ON pejepisuoo s jo Jo aqn Jo 1 jo jo e sey eunjeJeduje Jo 4 episino JI sey 1055914109 Jaye 01 xoudde Josuas zy 15949 1 Te len 5 ejdsip uo 105 ZYL ejds q ped 2 1 V3H 10 1009 ul uoneJedo e EIS Jowod ay 52 JOSUBS 6 6 UO Josues jun Jo0pinO ees jeuuou 9000151591 Josuos ZAL JO JOSU SEGNO SUL 291 E GNO EAL ZEGNO ZAL LEGNO XL uonejejsursiuu Buumsiul 129402 25105095 SAL VALEXxL CAL VAL uo uoneljejsuisiu Jo ou 5 Josues 10 09410 208095 ZAL JOU S 1945 Josse1duuoo y uoneuDejs
164. BUIS H H bl Shield Bil L Operation When a compressor is in operation a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on closed When it is at rest the relay is turned off open The output terminals are named OUTPUT1 OUTPUT2 and OUTPUTS from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor unit as shown in the diagram Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications Output terminals OUTPUT1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K1 K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 24 V orless AC DC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load Model featuring three Model featuring compressors OUTPUT1 oureur2 OUTPUTS C2 Connection cable 2 CN514 Interface side connector green CTR1 Elapsed operation counter 1 CTR2 Elapsed operation counter 2 CTR3 Elapsed operation counter 3 K1 K2 K3 Relay L1 L2 L3 Operation indication lamp OUTPUT1 Compressor 1 in operation output terminal OUTPUT2 Compressor 2 in operation output terminal OUTPUT3 Compressor 3 in operation output terminal PJ20 Optional P C board side connector PS Power supply unit TB1 Terminal block 59
165. C 1625 A B C replacement procedure 227 15 EXPLODED DIAGRAM PARTS PRICE LIST 230 Generic Denomination Air Conditioner Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person The air conditioner must be installed maintained repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service person When any of these jobs is to be done ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you Definition of Protective Gear When the air conditioner is to be transported installed maintained repaired or removed wear protective gloves and safety work clothing In addition to such normal protective gear wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special work detailed in the table below Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury burns electric shocks and other injuries Work undertaken Protective gear worn Protective gloves Alpes Ob work Safety working clothing Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Electrical related work Insulating shoes Clothing to provide protection from electric shock Work done at heights 50 cm or more Transportation of heavy objects Shoes with additional protective toe cap Repair of outdoor unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Helmets for use in in
166. Check positions around the Is the sound normal fan YES Check every indoor unit in turn 86 8 6 2 Cooling heating test operation check The cooling heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote control and the outdoor header unit interface PC board 1 Test operation start stop operation Test operat ion from the indoor remote control Wired remote control Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wired remote control Wireless remote control Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wireless remote control Wired remote control Procedure Operation content When the Test button is pushed for 4 seconds or more TEST is displayed in the display section and the unit enters test operating mode Push the ON OFF button Using the Select Mode button select the COOL or 3 HEAT operating mode Do not use an operating mode other than COOL or 3 HEAT Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation Error is detected as usual When the test operation has finished push the button to stop the operation The same display as in procedure 1 appears in the display section Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode disappears from the display section and the status return
167. Connectthe relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals of the header outdoor unit of each refrigerant line INDOOR CENTRAL OUTDOOR UNIT CONTROL UNIT 70 10 Set the central control address For the setting of the central control address refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices Header unit interface P C board SW13 SW14 SWO01 5 02 SVWO03 ON ON VIN 1958 oe OOG SW30 Header units are connected to the same central control except the header unit with the smallest line address number 71 Switch setting setting example when controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines centrally Outdoor units setting manually items in bold font must be set manually Outdoor units interface Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Factory default SW13 14 1 No setting 2 No setting 3 1 Line system address required required Dip switch 2 of SW30 Terminator of indoor Set OFF Set to OFF outdoor communication ON ae after setting No area after setting ON line and central control 3 addresses 4 addresses line Connect after Connect after Connect after Relay connector setting Open setting Open setting Open addresses addresses addresses Central 4 remote Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit control 3104 Relay Rela
168. EAT Fan operation at extremely low air flow rate FAN Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote control as normal The selected operation mode is imposed on all indoor units operating in a different mode Mode selected at P C board Remote control operation display Normal All modes COOL DRY HEAT and FAN available J01 cut COOL Only COOL DRY and FAN available operation mode control HERT Only HEAT and FAN available turned on during remote controller operation The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 57 7 2 7 Error operation output Locally procured Header outdoor unit 1 m Outdoor unit Optional PCB i interface PCB P Ps j j jouteum indi 1 tite 516 3 1559 5 420 2 2 gt UTPUT2 OFF pap 7 LIB 4 H i t 1234 Z 19 Shield 1 a 5l 5 SSS 1 E Operation In operation output An in operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in operation in the line Error output An error indication signal is output if an error occurs in at least one indoor outdoor unit in the line
169. HECK 1 1 1 024 43146742 VALVE CHECK 1 1 025 4314N050 VALVE PMV 2 3 3 026 4314N044 VALVE 2WAY 3 3 3 027 4314N048 COIL SOLENOID AC208 230 60HZ 3 3 3 028 43148241 SEPARATOR 1 029 43148249 SEPARATOR 1 1 030 43148247 TANK LIQUID 1 031 43148248 TANK LIQUID 1 1 032 43148245 ACCUMULATOR 1 1 033 43148246 ACCUMULATOR 1 035 43119513 GUARD FAN 1 1 1 036 4314G295 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW LEFT 1 037 4314G296 CONDENSER ASSY TWO ROW RIGHT 1 038 4314G297 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW LEFT 1 1 039 4314G298 CONDENSER ASSY THREE ROW RIGHT 1 1 040 43146715 VALVE CHECKED 2 3 3 041 43146721 VALVE CHECK 1 1 1 042 37547751 VALVE CHECKED 3 4 4 043 43146676 JOINT CHECK 3 3 3 044 43149317 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 2 2 2 045 43149338 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 2 2 046 43149318 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 3 5 5 047 43149319 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 5 5 048 43149339 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 2 049 43149358 RUBBER SOPPORTER PIPE 3 3 050 43149320 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 2 3 3 051 43149321 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 2 2 052 4311M671 MARK TOSHIBA CARRIER 1 1 1 236 Ref Description 0724HT6UL 0964HT6UL 1144HT6UL 053 43163063 HOLDER SENSOR TO 1 1 1 054 4310A016 CABINET SIDE UP 2 2 056 43149391 SENSOR ASSY HIGH PRESSURE 1 1 1 057 43149392 SENSOR ASSY LOW PRESSURE 1 1 1 058 43100481 CAB
170. Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Line 1 Line 2 No ut 02 Ut uz ut U2 us ue 9102 Fig 3 E20 01 N N N response __ wn U1 u2 ut U2 ut uz 02 u1u2 102 L L 1 1 1 Figure Status Miswiring example The number of connected outdoor units is too few Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit ut uz Us u4 2 us u4 ut 02 us 06 Fig 4 N N SM IN U1 U2 ut u2 22 gt or or 04 Us 04 or 4 02 Ut U2 U1 u2 Ut 02 talus 002 02 L 1 1 1 The number of connected indoor units is too few Header unit Follower unit ut 02 u1 u2 Fig 5 Wiring forgotten Ut 02 1 L 85 8 6 Test operation check 8 6 1 Fan check START Check code appears Push the Start Stop button on the remote control When a check code has been displayed on the remote control remove the cause of the error referring to position displayed remote Select the Fan operating mode control and outdoor unit v Is air discharged from the discharge port of NO gt Check the indoor fan fan the indoor unit motor and fan circuit YES 26
171. INET ASSY SIDE LEFT 1 1 1 059 43100482 CABINET ASSY SIDE RIGHT 1 1 1 060 43100483 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 1 061 43100484 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 1 062 43100485 CABINET ASSY FRONT DOWN 1 1 063 43100486 CABINET ASSY BACK DOWN 1 1 064 43197175 NUT FLANGE 1 1 1 065 43197176 WASHER 1 1 1 066 43F49683 BAND 4 5 5 067 43149323 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 2 1 1 068 43149324 RUBBER CUSHION 6 9 9 069 43147195 BONNET 1 2 IN 1 1 1 070 43F47401 BONNET 3 8 IN 1 1 1 072 43148220 PLUG FUSIBLE 2 2 2 074 44246236 TUBE CAPILLARY BYPASS 1 0X2 0X2000L 1 1 1 075 44246239 TUBE CAPILLARY ID 1 2 1 1 1 076 43F19904 HOLDER SENSOR TS 9 12 12 077 43197183 BOLT COMPRESSOR 6 9 9 078 43149325 BAND FIX 5 9 9 079 43149388 RUBBER SUPPORTER PIPE 1 1 080 43188213 OWNER S MANUAL 1 1 1 081 4314Q093 STRAINER 1 082 4314Q094 STRAINER 2 2 083 4314Q054 STRAINER 5 6 6 084 4314Q055 STRAINER 1 1 1 085 4314Q056 STRAINER 2 1 1 086 4314Q057 STRAINER 1 1 1 087 4314Q095 STRAINER 2 2 088 4314Q096 STRAINER 1 1 089 43162061 GUARD WIRE 1 090 43162062 GUARD WIRE 1 1 091 4310A015 PLATE PROTECTOR SIDE 2 2 2 092 4310A017 PLATE PROTECTOR 1 1 093 4310A018 PLATE PROTECTOR 1 094 43158232 TRANS 1 1 1 237 912 ead E rh 9 L TEE pn m mn 5
172. Joopul O d Joopul 5 308102 pue EL dnjas Jo sesseJppe ay 2940 t Bulge dnoib eru si yun Joopul pun ue pajoeuuoo s y ue sjsixe y 201 ay Ajuoud euo sy jun ay pue seuo soud se y uey Jeujo Sun uo epoo siu spun JOOPU 10 UBAIB ueuM Ayuoud jo apoo qng JOOpyno y uo pue YM seuo uey sun Joopur uo Ajuoud JO Joopu opoo oup 153 eunpeooud Ass y 2 uodn peseq e dn jas uesseoeu si uy 7274110 ey jueJeyip uonoejes 10 dnjes seues SIY 0 1 jun 100pjno eu ayy y m Se os dn jas u q jou
173. K4 despite compressor having been started Check for disconnection of TK4 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature change is detected by TK5 despite compressor having been started Check for disconnection of TK5 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor H25 H25 sensor miswiring incomplete insertion All stop Air discharge temperature TD3 does not increase despite compressor 3 being in operation Check installation of TD3 sensor Check connection of TD3 sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board F 126 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Locatiori inti i Wired of Description
174. K4 sensor 4 way valve SV3A valve High pressure sensor TK1 sensor TK2 sensor Check joint High pressure TL sensor Check joint Liqid pipe SV42 valve SV41 valve TD2 sensor TD1 sensor N Accumulator Compressor1 Compressor2 Fusible plug Liqid tank High pressure 5 1 High pressure 2 Rear side Front side Model MMY MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL yuez 10595 y 1 Josues ZML Josues ajqisny JeulloJsueJ AEAS DEAS JOsues TTY apis 174 ejqisn 4 Josues 1L Josues GAL GEAS VEAS ZAS FEAS Q AS 9AS edid jutof Y99490 eunsseud yH 108095 eunsseJd AWd Josues 231 Josues 1 eunsseud quiof yo9YyD Josues eunsseJd Josues 13 Josues OL epis 1ossejduio z1osse1duio 1 MS eunsseJd ZMS eunsseJd Josues 281 Josues aL LMS CVAS NLA EVAS 25 3 4 Parts layout inverter assembly Outdoor Unit 6ton Model MMY
175. N4 9651 PINO ESL PEZE 70707 07 07 E m P 201090000 NO des 999 01007 De Jojeuuoo pee END T FRAN ae 75519 um lod ETENIUS MEL 7 eunsseud ZHE9 eu A S peo oe Iit ideis Rud ri veces 2 2s z 9629 25 LAMY oy mb gun OONO LONO vao ne n ws mb E T sued aus gt t 50042 2 L ELSNO ZLSNO OLSN 60945 SOSNO Fl B teh UND 2599 69 lied goon mote doo cong Goo A ee pjeog 2 d OSZ9L OOW ay a t u af 9091 29 H Pe T T on SURU GL pease ane 1 wee ue pieogro d LINN H3TTIOHNOO LINN ADF 2109 6 80930 OLE OON YOOGLNO OL IVHIN3O OL HOOQNI OL Addn pyeog D d 9091 0ON 10sseJdui02 2d JeueAu 96SL OOW sued loquAsS 5 20 MMY MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Models
176. NIT LOUVER CED 2 Execute it while the units are running 1 Push the 22 button if the units stop Push the button left side of the button A unit numbers f is indicated on the LCD it will disappear after a few seconds The indicated number shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit When 2 or more indoor units are connected to the remote control group controlled units a number of other UNIT LOUVER connected units appears each time you push the button left side of the button 74 To find indoor 5 position from its address When checking unit numbers controlled as a group TIMER SET FAN 2 IE VENT E 2 RESE SET CL BWINGIMX UNT LOUVER Execute it while the units stopped The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another The fan and louvers of the indicated units are activated 1 Push and hold the and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds e ALL appears on UNIT No on the LCD display The fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated Push button left side of the button Each time you push the button the indoor unit numbers are indicated one after another The first indicated unit number is the address of the header unit Only
177. NK central control remote control See the TCC LINK remote control or main remote control display section of the list When investigating fault on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit See the Outdoor 7 segment display section of the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a wireless remote control controlled indoor unit See the Light sensor indicator light block section of the list List of Check Codes Indoor Unit Error detected by indoor unit IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board Lighting g Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Display of receiving unit TCC LINK central control or main Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block Typical fault site Description of error remote control Operation Timer Ready display Sub code 0 Flash Ihdoor remote control penodic Communication from remote control or network E03 o communication error adaptor has been lost so has central control communication Indoor outdoor periodic A A F E04 Communication error Signals are not being received from outdoor unit E08 E08 Duplicated indoor address Duplicated indoor address Indoor unit detects address identical to its ow
178. O uonoeuuoo 104 JO uonoeuuoosip 2 10sues Eq JO 10419 5141 O d 4 100p no eoejdo1 ewou Josues 991 JI Josuas Jo eBeyoA 1ndjno pue P24 LOSNO 101 euuoo JO uonoeuuoo JO JOSUBS Jo 1ndino s 3 uoug uedo Josuas cq JOSUaS AL epoo JOSU S Jo 10119 JOSUBS epoo 129Joq O d 4 1 Joopino 7 2 L 0 Z0 LOMS Sd Y09949 PAS L L 0 20 LOMS Pd O d uo uonounj e dsip jueujBes peuuruoo eq ued Josse1duioo lt yndjno Jo efueuosip pessed q 3ueJeDujo jou s JOsseJduioo PAS 2035919 Y90949 ou S O d xoeuo pue Z peJepisuoo SI 195 eunsseJd jo Joa ue c z pue 1 Hl O d 4 1 JO eBeyo 1ndino Aejdsip uo Aejdsip ensseug Z
179. Oil level low detection and protection 07 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Excessive amount of oil D Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side SV3A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C valve G Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low Note XX represents sub code 172 Fan motor Right side Heat exchanger Left side III i Heat exchanger Reducer SV5 Pon u Check valve 4 High pressure sensor Low pressure Fusible lt P plug i plug Accumulator jmo Yevss 1 i i i i i i i i i i Liquid side packed valve service valve packed valve 173 List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage Clogging Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part MMY MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Clogging Part Site of fault see next page Unit generating check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor
180. P C board F11 Indoor unit Indoor TF Sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TF sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TF sensor Check for defect in indoor P C board F12 F12 VF 1 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TS1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F13 13 01 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU TH sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Defect in IGBT built in temperature sensor Replace A3 IPDU P C board F15 F15 VF Outdoor temperature sensor wiring error TE1 TL All stop During compressor operation in HEAT mode TE1 continuously provides temperature reading higher than indicated by TL by at least specified margin for 3 minutes or more Check installation of TE1 and TL sensors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 and TL sensors Check for outdoor P C board I F error F16 F16 VF Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error Pd Ps All stop Readings of high pressure Pd sensor and low pressure Ps sensor are switched Output voltages of both sensors are zero Ch
181. P C board of the header unit to 2 6 1 H is displayed on 7 segment display A 5 Press SW04 the same board 2 seconds more Start Test run is displayed on the remote control of the indoor unit to be operated Check that C is displayed on 7 segment display on the interface board of the Fa Jr 5 Bp Operation check header unit Return SW01 SW02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unito TA c SSS SSS SSS Stop End or press the push switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more 7 segment display A 7 segment display B sw01 5 402 Sw03 lt Rotary switches gt NOTE test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 95 3 Batch start stop ON OFF function This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt Power ON __ Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit an error is already displayed with SW01 SW02 SW03 being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation Set up the operation mode of the remote control If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode
182. QUK 5 B wL 90910914 ES jeuruuo 1 EHE E MEME D gt mesmo BE jeuro L 281 ZI 5 5 LaL uonons josues edid 151 ANGUS ynoke sped B Josues dwa OL qi 92 E de 92 Josues pinbr ETE IE TIE m gt Fh Josues IIO AL PAL CAL DAL prem E E 29 Josues 231 131 sosues edid zai LOL tu pre uas u daly OEMS ZIMS 91MS m ED b 038 1 T OMS diq PLANS ELMS 7LMS LIMS OLMS BOMS ZOMS SOMS 9098 gt re uoyws SLMS SOMS 0191 29 uon Eoy ZOMS LOMS LIAS EVAS ans Beas ve s se s oee zas zws w s s 75 1 es 1109 2 VYAS AEAS IEAS OLAS H 5 a DEAS 86 6 VEAS ZAS 2 2 2 2 2 2051891 j09joud jueuno usns 203394409 4 Re pog FREECOM Slo qns il d il 51 E E esind ZAWd LAWd su au TAS 77 75 757 L Spee ne
183. TOSHIBA Carrier AIR CONDITIONER MULTI TYPE SERVICE MANUAL Outdoor Unit lt SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEN i gt Model name FILE No A11 019 Revision 1 Jun 2013 lt Heat Pump Model gt MMY MAP0724HT6UL MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL PRINTED IN JAPAN Feb 2012 TDOC Contents GENERIC DENOMINATION AIR CONDITIONER 3 4 NEW 2225 14 1 SPECIFICATIONS ac 16 2 WIRING DIAGRAMS 4 4 22 22222 2 2 1 20 2 1 Outdo r aem 20 PARTS RATING 22 zc MEe NI Ae aAa Naaa aan 22 3 2 23 3 3 Parts layout in outdoor unit 24 3 4 Parts layout inverter assembly 26 3 5 Outdoor inverter print circuit board 28 3 5 1 Interface P C board 1606 seeseeeeeseeseeeeeeeee nen
184. acked valve Press SW05 to finish pump down operation 13 Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at Source and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device Measure amount of recovered refrigerant Set SW01 02 03 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to 1 1 1 190 11 1 3 Refrigerant recovery procedure case of outdoor unit backup operation setting lt Outline gt If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed use an alternative refrigerant recovery procedure as described below provided that the power cannot be turned on for the failed outdoor unit Refrigerant will be recovered from the failed outdoor unit using the test cooling operation function Note 1 If cooling season outdoor unit backup operation or outdoor unit backup operation is in progress with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on follow the procedure described in 11 1 2 Refrigerant recovery procedure case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on recovery operation can only start after putting the outdoor outdoor communication connector on the interface P C board of that unit CNO3 back to its initial state and resetting the power supply Note 2 If the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit the solenoid valves and PMVs of the
185. after address setup 2 1 5 3 4 To other refrigerant line control rd N 1 ui uz 1 N Line address 1 1 gt Line address 2 EN TE MM RETE Other refrigerant line v A ua y 2 4 6 Follower unit Follower unit ua Outdoor unit 0 5 u2 A B Indoor unit ala A a ale dA 4 Remote Remote Remote control control control Main check items Check 1 Is the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup Relay connector 2 Is the relay connector of the follower unit removed 3 Is the end resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header unit with the smallest line address number in the central control turned on Setup is unnecessary for follower units Terminal resistance 4 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 of the header units except for the line with the smallest central control line address turned off Setup is unnecessary for follower units 5 Are addresses in the line address SW13 SW14 not duplicated in each refrigerant line Line address NOTE The figure above does not show all th
186. al SW30 bit 2 is on resistance setup is changed after powering swx Connection between multiple refrigerant lines E07 on SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line Transmission circuit error at the interface side PC Replace the interface PC board board failure After address setup communication from all the Check and correct disconnection of the indoor indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a outdoor communication line the communication line E06 normal operation can be performed between the header unit and the leading indoor unit Check for the influence of communication noise E16 lt gt Exceeded the number or capacity of connected Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor E16 Alternate indoor units units blinking E23 E23 Communication between outdoor units has stopped Check the number of connected outdoor units Check that outdoor unit power is on Duplication of outdoor addresses only when an Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses E25 E25 outdoor address was manually set up Number of connected outdoor units has decreased Correction of the cause of error occurrence E26 lt gt XX When installing an outdoor backup Ifitoccurs when installing a backup clear the error E26 Alternate The power of a follower unit is not turned on after setup finishes blinking If the power of a follower unit is not turned on turn on the power Duplication of
187. amp pejoeuuoo 10 spun Joopur Aue gina yous 2 jun jo Duibueuoxejeeu jo Aue eeu S jeuuou ANd 200 1 4 Kjjeuuou seoq uonipuoo jeuuouqe HAS SI ON v nadrev 0949 Pnp yuls yeay jo ou S amp peuesoo Juis pue nadrev SweJos uojubi Burxij aly amp jeuuou 51 uonoeuuoo amp jeuuou J0joeuuoo Jo JosseJduioo 0 1994102 OL FA OS ewou 19909 s 1055919109 20 z sossasdwog 20 40sseduio 220 10149 O d y ay jo 101449 uoneljejsu Z 40119 4 0 LLO OW Jo uoneJedo LLO 9W Jo uym uonoeuuoo 9je 5 ou 992 O d
188. ard M4 x 0 1 10 mm 1 pc 6 Remove the screws securing the box 5 x 0 1 10 mm 1 pc each for top and bottom In the case of a 096 type 114 type M5 x 0 1 10 mm 1 pc for top and 2 pcs for bottom 7 Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the locking lever with your finger The lower part of the box moves forward 8 Hold the top board with both hands to disengage the top hook 4 Screw with arrow mark 4 Screw with arrow mark raul 4 Connector for fan reactor 4 Reactor lead cover arrow mark 2 locations 6 Screw with lt forward 209 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Inverter assembly continued 2 Attachment Carry out installation by following the dismantling procedure in reverse 8 1 Before pushing the lower part in pull the reactor leads out Take care so that the wiring does not get caught in the way Reconnect all the wiring Before pushing lower part in pull leads out through hole When pushing lower part in be sure to keep wiring out of way 210 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 5 Inverter assembly Emm ay boda board contol board ranstormer rela oar nterface control boar Replacing circuit N WARNING boards and electrical FAN IPDU boar
189. arge cabinet side covers 4 Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and propeller fan To loosen the nut turn it clockwise 5 Remove the square washer 6 Remove the propeller fan CAUTION Lift it straight up Do not forcibly pull it or it may get stuck 3 Heat exchanger 4 partition plate upper 205 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan Fan motor continued 10 Disconnect the faston connectors for the fan motor leads 3 pieces from the Fan IPDU and pull the leads up and out 11 Remove the fan motor M6 x 0 8 20 mm 4 pcs 2 CAUTION for replacement or attachment 1 the propeller fan while aligning the D cut surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark A on the fan If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft without securing alignment between the D cut surface and the arrow mark A it may cause the fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat 2 Be sure to put the square washer in place Otherwise unusual noises and vibrations may result 3 Tighten the flange nut at a torque of 11 1 165 15 To tighten the flange nut turn it counterclockwise 11 Screw 4 locations RI 5 Disconnect faston connectors and pull fan motor leads up and out Close up view of faston connectors Fan IPDU D cut surface of fan motor sha
190. ation It could damage other outdoor units Keep the number of backed up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system single refrigerant line For a three compressor model the backing up of two faulty compressors is prohibited Backed up compressor Backed up compressor Two backed up compressors Example Example Prohibited Prohibited It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation Backed up compressor Backed up outdoor unit m Prohibited With two outdoor unit system containing MAPO964HT6UL and MMY MAPO724HT6UL do not Example preform outdoor unit backup operation to back up the MMY MAPO0964HT6UL TM It could lead to compressor failure due to the abnormal Prohibited operation Backed up outdoor unit MMY MAPOS64HT6UL MMY MAPO 24HTSUL 181 10 2 Compressor backup operation setting lt Outline gt If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit follow the procedure described below to back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining normal compressor s Work Procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system 2 Set the DIP switches of SWO6 provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor as shown in the table below
191. ation data of each compressor is displayed in turn in 2 second intervals compressor No does not exist is displayed Normal Compressor speed rps is displayed in decimal format 7 segment display C1 gt C2 C3 lt SW04 gt push SW function Switches to display of operating current decimal value 7 segment display i1 gt i2 gt i3 gt Pressing of lt SW05 gt restores normal display Outdoor fan mode A FP Mode 0 to 63 0 to 63 Compressor backup C b B A B Displays compressor backup setting status Normal Compressor No 1 backup 1 Compressor No 2 backup 1 Compressor 3 backup 1 A B 10 11 12 13 Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve 4 way valve ON 4 way valve 2 OFF H 1 4 way valve OFF 4 way valve 2 ON H 0 SV2 SV5 OFF SV6 OFF SV2 OFF SV5 SV6 2 OFF 5 OFF SV6 ON SV3A SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B ON SV3C OFF SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C ON SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D ON 4 41 ON SV42 OFF SV43 OFF SV41 OFF SV42 ON SV43 OFF 5 4
192. ation under external or remote control 2 Troubleshooting procedure When a fault occurs proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below NOTE E28 error Investigate check code displayed on interface P C board of header unit Investigate check code displayed on interface P C board of relevant follower unit Check fault site or faulty part Any other fault Rather than a genuine fault see the List of Check Codes below the problem could have been caused by a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise Check for possible noise sources and shield the remote control wiring and signal wires as necessary 109 9 2 Troubleshooting method The remote controls main remote control and central control remote control and the interface P C board of an outdoor unit are provided with an LCD display remote control or a 7 segment display outdoor interface P C board to display operational status Using this self diagnosis feature the fault site faulty part may be identified in the event of a fault by following the method described below The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices Analyze the check code according to where it is displayed and work out the nature of the fault in consultation with the list When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote control or TCC LI
193. ce PC board of the header unit Rotary switch setup 7 segment display swo1 SW02 5 03 A B System capacity 1 1 2 3 Nominal tons ton 6 Number of ted COM 1 3 3 Number of units outdoor units Number of connected 1 4 3 Number of indoor units connected units After the above checks return rotary switches SW01 SW02 SWOS to 1 1 1 Interface PC board COCOA CM eae ABI A tne Nominal tons Push switches ae 5 7 segment display 7 segment display 096 type 8 114 type 10 NO 3 144 type 12 168 type 14 192 type 16 Rotary switches 228 type 20 51 67 8 4 3 Address setup procedure Without central control or with central control of 1 refrigerant lines Example 1 use Address setting procedure 1 With central control of 2 refrigerant lines Example 2 use Address setting procedure 2 Example 1 Example 2 When a single refrigerant line is centrally When 2 or more refrigerant lines are centrally cintrolled controlled Address setting procedure See procedure 1 See procedure 2 2 3 4 4 Outdoor Central Outdoor Cen
194. ction Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations FOS FOS VF TD2 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 206 F06 01 TE1 sensor error 02 TE2 sensor error VF TE1 TE2 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TE1 TE2 sensor connectors Check resistance characteristics of TE1 TE2 sensors Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 207 F07 VF TL sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TL sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TL sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F08 F08 VF TO sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TO sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TO sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F F10 Indoor unit Indoor TA sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TA sensor connector and wiring Check resistance characteristics of TA sensor Check for defect in indoor
195. d Noise filter board components Wear gloves Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of personal injury by part replacement and other objects 1 Interface board 1 Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker 2 Detach wires and then remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner 2 Transformer relay board 1 Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker 2 Detach wires and then remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner 3 A3 Compressor IPDU board 1 Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker 2 Remove the screws that secure the heat sink heat sink x 0 6 15 mm 2 pcs x 0 8 20 2 pcs 3 Remove the screws that secure the upper right corner and lower right corner of the board M3 x 0 4 10 mm 2 pcs 4 Remove the compressor leads U V W 5 Remove the four double lock spacers located at the edges of the board and within the board Tightening torque of board fixing heat sink screws Tightening torque of M4 screws 0 7 1 165 0 98 0 1 Nem Tightening torque of M3 screws 0 4 1 165 0 55 0 1 Nem 4 Fan IPDU board 1 Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker 2 Remove the screws that secure the heat sink heat sink M3 x 0 8 20 mm 5 pcs 3 Detach wires 4 Remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner Tightening torque of board fixing heat sink screws Tightenin
196. d the fast on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted 9 If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure straighten them so they do not to touch other parts 10 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation 226 14 1 6 Noise filter board MCC 1625 replacement Parts code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 497 Noise filter P C board MMY MAP0724HT6UL MCC 1625 A B C ASM PCB N F MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL lt 1 Preparation model selection gt All P C boards of this type leave the factory with default settings that are common to all applicable models When replacing a P C board assembly on site follow the procedure described below lt 2 Replacement steps gt 1 Turn off the power to the outdoor unit 2 Remove the terminal block sub assembly 1 Remove the screws 2 on the power supply terminal block 4 and the screws 3 securing the terminal block subassembly 1 The screws will be reused during the installation of the service board so keep them in a safe place estes Noise Filter board Noise Filter P C board Noise Filter P C board 431 6V 497 M M 7 MCC 1625 C MCC 1625 A B 7 PCB Mount w a 9 Line filter LIEB 8 8 Screw on terminal 6 lt lt Noise Filter 4 16
197. danger warning The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents Warning Indications on the Air Conditioner Unit Confirmation of warning label on the main unit Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions If removing the label during parts replace stick it as the original Warning indication Description WARNING AVERTISSEMENT ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD RISQUE D ELECTROCUTION Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing D connecter toutes les allmentations lectriques avant d entreprendre les travaux d entretien FIRE HAZARD RISQUE DE FEU Do not use torch to remove components Oll may catch fire WARNING Use tubing cutter Ne pas utiliser une torche pour ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD retirer les composantes Huile peut Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing prendre feu Utillser une coupe tube EXPLOSION HAZARD RISQUE D EXPLOSION System under pressure Relieve all pos and recover refrigerant system repalrs or final disposal Use all service ports Syst me sous pression Relever toutes pressions et recouvrir le 3 r frig rant avant d entrprendre les travaux d entretien ou disposition finale du produit Utiliser tous les ports de maintenance 0 79295101 CAUTION AVERTISSEMENT High Pressure R 410A Refrigerant Operating pressures may exceed limits o
198. dicated indoor unit are activated select another system address 5 Push the button to return to step 2 After returning to step 2 select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line 6 Pushthe Ez button to finish the procedure Changing the indoor unit address using a remote control To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote control The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote control one to one or an indoor unit in a group The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically Execute it while the units are stopped 1 Push hold the C5 and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds If 2 or more indoor units are controlled in a group the first indicated UNIT No is that of the head unit 2 Push the button left side of the button repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to change if 2 or more units are controlled in a group The fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 3 Push the TEMP buttons repeatedly to select 7 for CODE No 76 4 Push the TIME v buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated the SET DATA section to that you want 5 Push the button 6 Push the 247 button left side of
199. door units that do not operate in a test operation Status Cause Countermeasures The number of connected outdoor units is too few Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units or an unconnected wire Fig 4 Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired follower unit After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and check the number of connected outdoor units The number of connected indoor units is too few Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units or an unconnected wire Fig 5 Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor unit After modification of wiring set up the addresses again and check the number of connected indoor units The number of outdoor units connected to a group is too few in group operation from an indoor remote control The indoor remote control is not connected with wire Miswiring of the indoor remote control Using the main indoor remote control connected to a group start a test operation specify the unit that is not operating the unit not connected to the group and then check the wiring Indoor remote control communication circuit error If 460 V is incorrectly applied to the remote control terminal the remote control communication circuit fails Using the main indoor remote control connected to a group start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not operatin
200. dress setup There is no of outdoor terminal resistance or there Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit are two or more resistances before address setup 1 No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 is on P swag Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line When connecting an indoor outdoor communication line Correct wiring E19 lt gt 02 between outdoor units under the condition of a connected communication line between outdoor units Fig 2 inking SWO6G setup error Turn all SW08 switches to off Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor Correct wiring p lt gt 01 communication line between outdoor units Fig 3 ternate blinking Address setup is performed under the condition of Correct wiring connecting multiple refrigerant lines Fig 3 8 5 3 There is no display of a check code on the 7 segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote control Headerunit T 7 segment Cause Countermeasures display The communication line is not connected between indoor Modify the wiring and outdoor the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote control Line address and indoor address are not set the unit that Set up the address does not respo
201. dures using the wired remote control on the previous pages Method 2 Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit 1 Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the line as below 1 Disconnect the relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected 78 2 on dip switch 2 of SW30 on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is OFF Leave it as it is if it has already been set to ON Central remote control Follower unit ua ju4 S unit Follower unit A AT8 AJE LI 1 4 x Remote Remote ra A Indoor units to have their addresses initialized 2 the indoor and outdoor units of the refrigerant line for which you want to initialize the addresses About one minute after turning on the power confirm that the 7 segment display on the header outdoor unit indicates U 1 and operate the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows SW01 5 02 SW03 504 Clearable addresses Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates 2 1 2 A d buS and turn SW04 ON for more than five System indoor unit group address seconds Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates 2 2 2 A d nEt and turn SW04 ON for more tha
202. dustry The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents Indications Illustrated marks and keep them Explanation of indications Indication Explanation N DANGER Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the AN WARNING repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage may be caused on the AN CAUTION repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Property damage Enlarged damage concerned to property furniture and domestic animal pet Explanation of illustrated marks Mark Explanation Indicates prohibited items Forbidden items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents Indicates mandatory items Compulsory items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents Indicates cautions Including
203. e 1 With PMV1 and 2 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe RUN If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is a leak from PMV1 or 2 A and check valve Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent A C of discharge pipe C Replace the faulty parts ti 2 If the pressure does not increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe Leakage of check valve in E section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the discharge pipe part Leakage of check valve in oil 4 With to the ene joint of pipe m pirogen i gas ol equalization circuit 5 n Bs e disconnected compressor there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas Leakage of SV3A valve G escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part 6 Then manual
204. e The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 192 type as an example 39 5 6 Refrigerant recovery from failed outdoor unit down operation under follower outdoor unit backup scenario Failure Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Follower unit MMY MAP0724HT6UL S 51 PRIV2 4 Way valve r Pressure sensor high pressure B Liquid line bypass M pe Pressure sensor Pressure sensor low pressure high pressure 4 1 Pressure sensor low pressure i Accumulator Liquid tank Gas side service valve Full opening Full closure 10 minutes after system startup Liquid side service valve Full closure 4 Gas pipe Liquid pipe Indoor unit High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas Normal refrigerant line Refrigerant recovery line Note The header unit is the outdoor unit to which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 168 type as an example 40 6 Control Outline B Outdoor unit Item Descri
205. e by opening it to a certain degree 500 Opening of PMV4 PMY 4 45 77 Minimum Maximum turned off 41 Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 2 Outdoor 1 Cooling fan control fan control 1 Outdoor fan speed mode is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor 2 For a specified period after the start of cooling operation the header outdoor unit controls outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor Follower units on the other hand control outdoor fan speed mode on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 temperature sensor Pd pressure i BE Current mode 1 Mode raised as rapidly as every second 2 55 Highestmode 4 Current mode 1 50 seconds 2 45 T Current mode 1 75 Mode raised up to 13 235 Hold Mode 1 to highest 2 15 Current mode 1 50 seconds 4 Mode being raised mode 0 1 Mode being lowered 4 2 00 Highest mode 1 1 F Se es eden 186 i Current mode 1 Interval control The fan speed roy Ne seconde Ede o 390 seconds corresponding to the highest down to mode 0 mode varies with the HP capacity
206. e electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote control or optional devices 81 8 5 Troubleshooting in test operation If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote control is not accepted when powered on after wiring work or during address setup operation the following causes are considered 8 5 1 A check code is displayed on the remote control units are undefined Check the code Header displayed onthe unit 7 remote segment Cause Countermeasures control display When outdoor power is off Check that the header outdoor unit power is on Address setup error Set up the address again Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined The outdoor line address and the line addresses 108 of all the indoor units do not match The indoor addresses are duplicated Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated A header unit is not set up in group control except groups displaying 204 E08 lt gt Duplication of indoor addresses address number in Set up the address again Alternate the subcode of the check code are duplicated blinking There is no outdoor terminal resistance or Check SW30 bit 2 of the header unit there are two or more resistances 1 2 No connection between multiple refrigerant lines After address setup when termin
207. e for general purpose device purpose device devices control interface Di TCC LINK Group control Continued Error occurs in follower unit under Check check code of unit that has iffers according to 5 A follower unit operation group control generated alarm nature of alarm causing PA Sior error P30 is displayed on central P30 control remote control Duplicated Continued There is duplication in central Check address settings L20 displayed central control operation control addresses address 132 Points to Note When Servicing Compressor 1 When checking the outputs of inverters remove the wiring from all the compressors How to Check Inverter Output 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P C board A3 IPDU Be sure to remove all the leads 3 Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a faston connector and some other object e g the unit cabinet 4 Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter side CN201 CN202 CN203 If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below replace the IPDU P C board No Measured Criterion 1 CN201 CN202 400 V 650 V CN202 CN203 400 V 650 V CN203 CN201 400 V 650 V When connecting the compress
208. e g a layer short circuit or a compressor failure in which no compressor is available to back up the faulty compressor A failure of a pressure sensor Pd or Ps or a temperature sensor TD1 TD2 TS1 TE2 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 TK5 or TL Note Keep the number of backed up outdoor units to one in the system single refrigerant line 10 3 1 Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of follower outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the indoor and outdoor units connected to the system Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit 3 Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipe fully open to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit However if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV unable to close fully close the liquid pipe service valve 4 In case of fault in compressor electrical part P C board or IPDU P C board From this point on keep the power supply to the failed unit off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle or fan system part Disconnect the connector CNO3 for outdoor outdoor communication BUS2 provided on the interface P C board Setup of failed follower outdoor unit 9 r3 4 In case of fault circuit or related part disconnect BUS2 communicatio
209. e individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 8 7 3 Error clearing function 1 Clearing from the wired remote control V Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units operated by the remote control is connected Error of the indoor unit is not cleared For clearing errors the service monitor function of the remote control is used lt Method gt 1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing 5 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 2 Using 47 buttons set CODE No to FF 3 The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as 0005 gt 0004 gt 0003 gt 0002 gt 0001 gt 0000 When the count arrives 0000 the error is cleared However counting from 0005 is repeated on the display 4 When 2 button is pushed the status returns to the normal status Section FF ON OFF TIMER 5 FAN MODE Coo gt CRD B E RESET C ee UNIT LOUVI ER 3 V Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote control Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating re
210. e limit create an opening with adjacent rooms or install mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak detection device The concentration is as given below Total amount of refrigerant Ibs kg Min volume of the indoor unit installed room ft m3 lt Concentration limit Ibs ft kg m Concentration limit Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the concentration limit is required NOTE 1 If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single refrigerating device the amounts of refrigerant should be as charged in each independent device Outdoor unit charged amount 22 Ibs 10 kg Em e g charged amount 33 16 15 kg Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Indoor unit For the amount of charge in this example The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A B and C is 22 Ibs 10 kg The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D E and F is 33 Ibs 15 kg 241 Important NOTE 2 The standards for minimum room volume are as follows 1 No partition shaded portion 2 When there is an effective opening with the adjacent room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas opening without a door or an opening 0 15 or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the do
211. e power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit If the power is turned on in reverse order a check code E19 No of header unit error is output NOTE After power reset it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communication of the system In some cases it requires max 10 minutes 99 8 7 4 Remote control distinction function This function is provided to distinguish the remote control connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P C board of the header unit lt Distinction procedure gt Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit PowerON prior to the power of the outdoor unit Set the display select switches on the 7 segment display interface P C board of the header unit as follows A B Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 4 1 A1 Operation Press the push switch SW04 on the 7 segment display same board for 2 seconds or more A A1 FH Checking display of the connected remote control flashes Check the connected remote control Press the push switch SW05 the End interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more Other end conditions 1 10 minutes has passed 2 SWO1 SW02 or SWO3 changed to other position Interface P C board T segment display T segment display B 51 01 51
212. e repairs done Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON position until the repairs are completed Relocation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to relocate the air conditioner It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air etc to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in reputing injury etc 1 Refer to the Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person 10 Carrying the Outdoor Unit CAUTION Handle the outdoor unit carefully observing the following items To use a forklift or other machinery for loading unloading in transportation insert the prongs of the forklift into the rectangular holes for handling as shown below To lift up the unit insert a rope capable of bearing the weight of the unit into the rectangular holes shown below Tie the unit from 4 sides Apply padding in positions where the rope comes in contact with the outdoor unit so that no damage is caused to the outer surface of the outdoor unit There are rein
213. e screws 5 x 0 4 10mm 4pcs 3 the screws that secure the base assembly and transformer housing M4 x 0 3 8mm 2pcs 4 Shift the transformer housing slightly and then remove the lead bundle band 5 Lift up the transformer housing and move it to a flat surface 6 Remove the housing front cover screws x 0 2 6mm 6pcs 7 Detach both the Faston terminals and round terminals Caution When unplugging a Faston terminal grasp the wire at the base of the terminal 8 Remove the leads from the holder 9 Remove the shield screws and then remove the shield M4 x 0 3 8mm 3pcs SMMS i back for housing front cover Screw tightening locations for front cover 6 4 screws Front cover 9 screws Left side 8 Holder Enlarged view 3 M4 screws Screw tightening locations 2 M5 screws 1 4 Screw tightening locations for 9 M4 screw 220 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 11 Transformer 10 Remove the transformer housing back screws and then remove the housing x 0 2 6mm 4 pcs 11 Remove the screws that secure the base plate and transformer and then replace the transformer M6 x 0 47 12mm 4 pcs 2 Re assembly procedure Perform the disassembly procedure in reverse to re assemble 11 1 1 When performing wiring in
214. e the screws starting from the front For 096 and 114 remove the separate anchor plate M4 x 6 4 pcs 5 Remove the reactor and replace it M4 x 6 1 pc 3 Screw Claw Slide to the right 4 Screw 2 locations 4 Screw 2 locations 55 990W chassis 4 Screw 2 locations 1 4 Screw 212 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 2 way valve coils Pressure sensors locations 072 type Liquid tank 457 j K y mm 22 PS sensor 2 o E Inverter assembly 096 type 114 type 2 emi i 1 7 D PS a lal nsor LEE V 213 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Temperature sensors locations and identification colors 072 type Product Front View TD1 sensor yellow TD2 sensor red TS1 sensor gray 4 sensor white TK1 sensor black One closer to you 3 Transformer TK2 sensor blue TL sensor ems _ One farther from you Liquid tank Accumulator 214 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Temperature sensors locations and identification colors continued 096 type 114 type Product Front View TD
215. eck connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector Check connection of low pressure Ps sensor connector Check for defect in pressure sensors Pd and Ps Check for error in outdoor P C board I F Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor F22 F22 VF TD3 sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TD3 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 123 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Location int iti Wired of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code VF Ps sensor error All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor is zero Check for connection error involving Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors Check connection of Ps sensor connector Check for defect in Ps sensor F23 F23 Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for defect SV4 circuit VF Pd sensor error All stop Output voltage of Pd sensor is zero Check connection of Pd sensor sensor open circuited connector F24 F24 gt 602 4 15 Check for defect Pd sensor compressor having been t
216. eck that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose If the screw is loose the screw will generate heats and cause the line filter to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver as this can cause damage to the line filter Line filter Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram 228 7 Install the service P C boards B and C the outdoor unit controller Make sure that they are firmly secured to the card edge spacers 7 8 Securely connect the service P C boards to the chassis using the earthing screws 5 6 removed in step 4 If either of the screws is loose it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control so take care while engaging in the work Nevertheless do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage 9 Connect the wiring using the connectors and fast on terminals removed in step 3 Make sure that the connectors and fast on terminals are connected correctly and securely 10 If any component on the P C board becomes crooked during replacement straighten it without touching any other component 11 Mount the terminal block sub assembly 1 and firmly secure it using the screws 3 12 Securely connect the red white and black leads from the service P C board A to the power supply terminal block 4 using the screws 2 13 Put the cover on turn on the power and check operation C
217. econds or more 1 Note Release Control operation same as usual Return 5 01 5 02 5 03 to 1 1 1 test operation from remote control is performed Heating test Changes the mode of all the Setup Section A Section B operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 6 1 and 1 H to heating test operation press SW04 for 2 seconds 2 Note Release Control operation same as usual Return SWO1 SWO02 SWOS to 1 1 1 test operation from remote control is performed Batch start Starts all the connected indoor Setup Section A Section B units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 7 1 and C H 11 Note press 5 04 for 2 seconds or more ae The contents follow to the setup Release eee on Section BTors of remote control Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 3 Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor Setup Section A Section B units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 7 1 and 00 00 is displayed on Section B for 5 Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 Sui Individual Starts the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B start Notes Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 1 1 The contents follow to the to address No 1 to 64 to be started Secti n ection A Displays the setup of remote control and press SW04 for 2 seconds or more itd The indoor units keep _ Release the status as they are Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 11 1 seconds
218. ect Follower unit B AWG Is the control Indoor outdoor connection terminals U1 U2 communication line Outdoor outdoor connection terminals U5 U6 correct Central control system connection terminals U3 U4 Is the power of indoor units supplied collectively Is it grounded to earth Is the resistance sufficient 10 MQ or higher or higher Is the main power voltage sufficient within 460 V 10 V Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct Is the branch kit correct Is the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient connecting pipes branch kit Is there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor outdoor units After an airtightness test of the pipes are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened Gas side Liquid side Balance side Header unit A Follower unit B 64 Checklist 2 Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant by the pipe diameter on the liquid side the pipe length to be connected and the corrective amount of refrigerant C according to system horsepower Additional refrigerant Actual length Additional refrigerant charge Adjustment amount of refrigerant charge amount Ib of liquid pipe amount per liquid pipe 1ft according to system capacity B
219. ect in indoor P C board 00 VF Too many All stop Combined capacity of indoor Check capacities of indoor units Overloading indoor units units exceeds 125 of combined connected 01 connected capacity of outdoor units Check combined HP capacities of No of units Note indoor units connected If this code comes up after Check HP capacity settings of backup setting for outdoor outdoor units unit failure is performed Check of indoor units E16 E16 perform overloading connected detected setting Check for defect in outdoor P C lt overloading detected setting board I F method gt Turn SWO9 Bit 2 on I F P C board of outdoor header unit More than 48 indoor units are connected Indoor Error in Stop of Periodic communication between Check remote control wiring unit communication corresponding indoor header and follower units Check indoor power supply E18 between indoor unit cannot be maintained wiring header and Check P C boards of indoor follower units units 00 VF Error in number All stop There is more than one outdoor Outdoor header unit is outdoor unit No header unit of outdoor header unit in one line to which indoor outdoor tie cable 02 header units There is no outdoor header unitin U1 U2 is connected E19 E19 Two or more one line Check connection of indoor header units outdoor communication line Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 01 VF
220. ected H 0 H48 0 to 48 No of units with heating thermo ON Amount of compressor command A Value displayed in hexadecimal format 6 correction B 7 Release control Normal During release control r 1 B 5 Oil equalization control Normal oiL 0 During oil equalization control oiL 1 Oil equalization request A Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern B ees nee ee If element F shown on sketch at right turned on 9 Header unit oil equalization request ejeje II I ttetementc shown on sketch at right turned on E 1 Follower unit equalization request U i u2 u4 Outdoor unit No 28 Refrigerant oil recovery operation A Oil recovery in cooling C1 Normal C 1 3 B Refrigerant recovery in heating H1 Normal H ne Automatic addressing Ad B During automatic addressing FF Normal Power pick cut A dU 12 B Normal During 50 90 capacity operation 50 90 While control is based on BUS line input E50 E90 Optional control P C board input Displays optional control status A B Operation mode selection During priority heating normal h okok Priority cooling Heating only H okok Cooling only Priority given to No of indoor units in operation n okok Priority given to specific indoor unit U okok T External master ON OFF Normal Start input
221. ected to the header outdoor unit U1 55 7 2 5 Night operation sound reduction control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit j Optional PCB EAE interface PCB Connection P 1 i COOL HEAT dr Shed 14 wire d LE o CN508 5 i SW1 Night time signal switch Operation This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary Terminal Input signal Operation ON Night time control COOL SW1 ON 3 Normal operation OFF The input signal is recognized during its rising falling phase After reaching the top bottom of the rising falling edge the signal must remain there for at least 100 ms The optional P C board should be connected to the header outdoor unit U1 The system s capacity is reduced during low noise operation The table below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction Outdoor unit During low noise mode Capacity base unit dB A Cooling Heating Model 072 type 50 approx 8596 approx 8096 Model 096 type 53 approx 8596 approx 8596 Model 114 type 53 approx 8096 approx 8096 Relative to maximum capacity Position of noise measuring device 3 3 ft 1 m from the front face of the set and 4 9 ft 1 5 m above ground anechoic sound 56 7 2 6 Operation mode selection control Header outdoor
222. ection is Check for defect in indoor P C activated board Check impact of outside air treatment OA VF Outdoor liquid All stop During cooling operation Check full close operation of backflow When system is in cooling outdoor PMV 1 2 4 detection error operation high pressure is Check for defect in Pd or Ps detected in follower unit that has sensor been turned off Check gas balancing circuit During heating operation SV2 for clogging When system is in heating Check balance pipe P13 P13 operation outdoor PMV 1 or 2 Check SV3B circuit for clogging continuously registers opening of Check defect in outdoor P C 100p or less while under SH board I F control Check capillary of oil separator oil return circuit for clogging Check for leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section 01 TS condition I F Gas All stop Protective shutdown due to Check for insufficiency in leakdetection sustained suction temperature at refrigerant quantity TS1 condition or above judgment criterion Check outdoor service valves for at least 10 minutes is repeated gas side liquid side to confirm four times or more full opening lt TS error judgment criterion gt Check PMVs PMV1 2 for In cooling operation 140 F 60 clogging C Check resistance characteristics In heating operation 104 F 40 of TS1 sensor C Check for defect in 4 way valve P15 P15 Check SV4 circu
223. ectric shock and heat When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor reactor inverter or the areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor reactor inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians QD Installation Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to install the air conditioner If the air conditioner is installed by an unqualified individual a fire electric shocks injury water leakage noise and or vibration may result Before starting to install the air conditioner read carefully through the Installation Manual and follow its instructions to install the air conditioner Be sure to use the company specified products for the separately purchased parts Use of non specified products may result in fire electric shock water leakage or other failure Have the installation performed by a qualified installer Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit Capacity o
224. elow 1 Operation Procedure 1 Start the operation 2 Set the switches provided on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are required as follows SW01 SW02 SWO03 1 16 1 3 The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7 segment display 7 segment display oL The letters and are digits that represent judgment results for compressor Nos 1 2 and 3 respectively See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results 4 When checking is completed revert the SW01 SW02 SW03 setting to 1 1 1 Interface P C board of outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are 1 Start operation CN30 5 05 SW15 M Oil level TM Its are displayed 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 SWO SWO2 SWOS3 ZWN WN Tat 6 d A WA 2 4 Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to Upon completion of checking revert 1 16 1 SWO01 SWO02 SWO03 setting to 1 1 1 2 Oil Level Judgment Results Displayed digit Judgment result Description The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient 1 The amount of in the compressor is insufficient Both 1 2 stand for insufficiency 2 If this result persists the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown Display example 7 segment display oL lololo Oil level is normal for com
225. ep IO 9 LH 5 ped SHL moa PHL amp X1 49949 zegno 21 LESNO IAL 1 O d 4 100pjno ayy eoejdei ewou SIOSU S J Josues eu jo eouejsise pue JO uonoeuuoosip Josues Io Ue s eu L 09 108095 GYL 60 JOSU S 70 09 JOSUOS EYL 20 0 49 JOSUOS ZYL 20 105 LO JOSU S 80H poyg u do 10sues GAL 0 LAL 149 paeog O d amp Jeuuou Josuas 2 110 518 eJ Josues ay eoe des lt Josueg 25108095 uo uoneljejsursiu p0SNO AL E0SNO ZAL ZOSNO uonej ejsuisiuj Buuwstuu 1994107 ou s Josues JO 3291107 Josuas ZAL S eouejsisei sonsuejoeJeuo 3059 eq 10 ZAL LAL Jo Josuas ZAL Jo uonoeuuoosiul 201 Josues eunjejeduue eBueuosip 9poo 4 499
226. eplacement of the compressor be sure to replace the compressor lead Repair part code of compressor lead 43160638 lt Vacuum pumping gt Single outdoor unit system Before performing vacuum pumping fully open PMV1 2 and 4 If they are closed the heat exchangers of the outdoor unit cannot be vacuum pumped Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the high pressure side of the suction pipe and turn it on Operate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates 1 mmHg lt Method to fully open PMV manually gt 1 Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit 2 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off short circuit the pins of CN30 3 Disconnect the connectors of PMV1 and 2 from the I F P C board 4 With the Bits 1 and 2 of SW12 set to off and on respectively short circuit the pins of CN30 5 Disconnect the connector of PMV4 from the I F P C board 6 Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit Note Steps 4 and 5 are not required for MMY MAP0724HT6UL lt Refrigerant charging gt Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquid side service valve 199 12 3 Check procedure to search cause of compressor oil shortage Are the balance pipes of all outdoor units connected to the same refrigerant line fully open Yes Are there any mi
227. er units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units have been added as follows 1 Remove the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 2 off turn on SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side Turn off the power and then execute the operation Central control device 777 ua me AE 2 5 Remote E Remote emote emote i control i control control i 2 Added indoor unit 3 the indoor outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set up After approximately 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit SW01 SWO2 SW03 SW04 2 14 2 After checking that is displayed on the 7 segment display push SW04 for 5 seconds or more AUTO1 gt AUTO2 AUTO gt gt AUTO is counted and displayed on the 7 segment display 5 When U 1 is displayed on the 7 segment display the setup operation finished Turn off the indoor outdoor power 6 Return to the following setup as before Relay connector SW30 bit 2 SW01 SW02 5 03 80 8 4 4 Check after address setup when central control system is connected When the central control system is connected check that the following setup has finished
228. error H16 Oil level detection circuit error All stop No temperature change is detected by TK1 despite compressor 1 having been started Check for disconnection of TK1 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK1 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature change is detected by TK2 despite compressor 2 having been started Check for disconnection of TK2 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK2 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature change is detected by TK3 despite compressor 3 having been started Check for disconnection of TK3 sensor Check resistance characteristics of TK3 sensor Check for connection error involving TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in SV3E or SV3F valve Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor No temperature change is detected by T
229. erves oil in the oil separator during OFF time 2 Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during ON time SV3E Connector CN322 White 1 Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors SV3F Connector CN323 White Solenoid valve 1 Controls oil level balances between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector 11 White sv2 1 Low pressure release function 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time Start compensation valve of compressor 5 41 SV41 Connector CN312 Blue SV42 Connector 12 Blue SV43 Connector CN313 Red 42 1 gas balance start 43 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function 5 Connector CN314 White 1 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating operation sve Connector CN315 White 1 Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release cooling bypass function Connector CN317 Blue 4 way valve 1 Cooling heating exchange 2 Reverse defrost Connector CN300 301 White 1 Super heat control function in heating operation PMV1 2 2 Liquid line shut down function while follower unit stops Pulse motor 3 Under cool adjustment function in cooling operation valve 4 Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation Connector CN303 Red PMV4 1 Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation 2 Preventive function for high pressure rising in heating
230. es Notes Do not draw more than 0 2 900 gal cc of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage If the faulty compressor contained 0 1 500 gal cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 12 3 Check procedure to search cause of compressor oil shortage 2 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A B C gal 0 8 3000 lt A B C lt 1 5 5700 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 gal cc each Lay the compressors down and draw 1 5 5700 A B C 3 gal cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes 3 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors gal cc 1 5 5700 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to A B C 3 gal cc each Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject A B C 3 0 5 1900 gal cc of oil using a funnel etc 198 lt Installing compressor gt Install a compressor by following the dismantling procedure in reverse Notes Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts it is standard The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts used to mount the compressor is 200kg cm If oil has been drawn from the accumulator repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing After r
231. f R 22 service equipment Haute pression R frig rant R 410A Prassions de fonctionnement pauvent exc der les limites des quipements CAUTION de service de R 22 High temperature parts You might get burned when removing this panel USE ONLY R 410A REFRIGERANT AND POE COMPRESSOR OIL Refer to product literature before Installing or Servicing this unit UTILISER SEULEMENT REFRIGERANT 410 UILE ravo ESTER POUR COMPRE la porce ce produit R f rer avant ou l entretien de cotte un DH79295001 Precautions for Safety The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this manual DANGER Turn off breaker Before carrying out the installation maintenance repair or removal work be sure to set the circuit breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the OFF position Otherwise electric shocks may result Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit set the circuit breaker to the OFF position Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior parts Only a qualified installer 1 or qualified service person 1 is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard be abs
232. ferent refrigerant line address nin refrigerant piping systems Duplicated priority indoor 105 m SIM unit as displayed on More than one indoor unit has been set up as A priority indoor unit Number of priority indoor units priority indoor unit 06 check code LOS L06 depending Duplicated priority indoor on individual unit LOG s m unit as displayed on More than one indoor unit has been set up as o indoor unit other than priority indoor unit priority indoor unit E Indoor group address not Address setting has not been performed for one or Hos L08 o 5 more indoor units also detected indoor end Outdoor unit capacity has not been set after L10 L10 o SIM Outdoor capacity not set board replacement Outdoor model Old model outdoor unit prior to 3 series has been 1 7 lt rAd o 5 incompatibility error connected Cooling heating selection Cooling heating cycle error resulting from piping i o o M unit error error is detected Too many outdoor units More than four outdoor units have been ve aos o 5 connected connected 113 Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error or wired Opera
233. flow State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid 2 a o Q T detection error backflow operation 01 TS condition Outdoor suction temperature sensor TS1 detects P15 15 ALT Gas leak detection sustained and repeated high temperatures that 02 TD condition exceed standard value Outdoor discharge TD2 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 d P17 Q T temperature error detects abnormally high temperature _ Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor P185 ais o Q T temperature error detects abnormally high temperature P19 Outdoor unit No detected P19 AT 4 way valve reversing Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected error during heating operation Activation of high pressure High pressure Pd sensor detects high pressure P20 20 a Q protection that exceeds standard value 114 MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error or wired Operation Timer Ready Sub code remote control P Flash display dE 01 1 Error in temperature T F13 02 Compressor 2 F13 o o sensor built into indoor NOE 03 3 IGBT TH 01 Compressor Inverter curren
234. forcing plates on the side surfaces so the rope cannot be passed through Correct Incorrect Incorrect Plaster Rectangular holes for handling Side Incorrect Rectangular Reinforcing holes for plate lifting Prongs of the forklift 11 E Weight centre and weight Weight centre of an outdoor unit A Anchor bolt position 6 700 B Anchor bolt position 36 2 920 Unit in mm il 5 5 mee _ ar Ew lt lt L X N N y lot F X Y 2 Model type in mm in mm in mm Weight Ib kg A MAP0724HT6UL 21 3 540 15 8 400 24 4 620 621 281 MAPO964HT6UL B 25 8 655 15 4 390 25 6 650 817 370 MAP1144HT6UL Screw size and tightening torque Screw size Power supply terminal M8 4 1 to 4 8 5 5 to 6 6 Ground screw M8 4 1 to 4 8 5 5 to 6 6 Control wire terminal M3 5 0 6 to 0 7 0 80 to 0 96 12 Adding refrigerant After finishing vacuuming exchange the vacuum pump with a refrigerant canister and start additional charging of refrigerant Calculation of additional refrigerant c
235. from operation ON Individual Stops the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B stop Note Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 1 1 The other indoor units keep the to address No 1 to 64 to be stopped TEES 4 status as they are p and press SW05 for 2 seconds or more Section A Displays the Release corresponding indoor address Return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 Section B Displays 00 for 5 seconds from operation OFF Individual Operates the specified indoor unit Setup Section A Section B test Note Set SW01 to 16 set SW02 SW03 1 1 operation The other indoor units keep the to address No to be operated and status as they are p press 5 04 for 10 seconds or more Section A Displays me Release oe indoor ee Return SWO1 SWO2 SWO3 to 1 1 1 Section B Displays FF for 5 seconds from test operation ON NOTE 1 This start stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit such as start stop operation mode etc It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals NOTE 2 The above controls are not used during abnormal stop 7 segment display A 7 segment display B j SWOS SWO1 51 02 1 03 lt Rotary switches gt 93 1 Cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indo
236. ft Arrow mark of fan To be aligned with D cut surface 206 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan 4 Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor 4 Clamp filter Fan motor with trouble then attach the clamp filter to continued the substitution in the same way as before replacement Wind the fan motor lead once around the clamp filter 207 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Heat exchanger NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object Before the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to the same system Refer to the chapter on refrigerant recovery methods to be used during compressor replacement 1 Detachment Right Side Heat Exchanger as Example 1 Remove the cabinet 2 Remove the motor base M5 x 0 4 10 mm 6 pcs Detach the fan motor leads as well With a 096 type 114 type remove the discharge cabinet anchor plates Left and right M5 x 0 1 2 mm 2 pcs 2 sets 3 Remove the upper partition plate M5 x 0 1 10 mm 5 pcs 4 Remove the screws for the support post M5 x 0 1 10 mm 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the waterproof board M4 x 0 1 10 mm 2 pcs 6 Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected 2 locati
237. fully close fully function in outdoor unit 101 8 7 7 Solenoid valve forced open close function in outdoor unit 2 2 1 102 8 7 8 Fan operation check in outdoor unit 103 8 7 9 Abnormal outdoor unit discrimination method by fan operating function 104 8 7 10 Manual adjustment function of outside temperature TO sensor 105 8 7 11 Monitor function of remote control switch ceceeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeesneneneeeeeeseeeneneees 107 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 109 981 95 212 109 9 2 Troubleshooting Method KEREREYRNEN EFE MER rx EVEN EK 110 9 3 Troubleshooting based on information displayed on remote control 116 9 4 Check codes displayed on remote control and SMMS i outdoor unit 7 segment display on I F board and locations to be 120 9 5 Diagnosis procedure for each check code essere 134 9 6 7 segment display function RE ERES GER 165 9 7 Oll level judgment display ee quac ade 171 9 8 Leakage clogging of refrigerating cycle circuit 22 1 02 0 172 9 9 Sensor
238. g the unit not connected to the group Remove the fast on terminal connected to remote control terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied normally 15 to18 V replace the PC board 84 Miswiring example Remote Figure control 7 segment Miswiring example status display Header unit Header unit No U3 U4 U5 U6 Fig 1 E19 00 response U1 U2 U1 u2 U1 02 U1 U2 L L L L Header unit Follower unit 02 05 06 02 lus ue Fig 2 E19 02 N Mom uL du cs Ut U2 U1 U2 L
239. g the wired remote control line 6 Push the button OK when the display goes Wiring during manual address setup Indoor address 7 Using the lt 7 buttons set the DN code to 13 8 Using the buttons set the indoor address 0001 0048 9 Push the button OK when the display goes on Group address cH 10 Using the S buttons set the DN code to 14 wiring over remote controls 11 Using the buttons set Individual 0000 12 Header unit 0001 Follower unit 0002 group control In cases of Header unit 0001 remote contro 12 Push the button OK when the display goes on Central control address 13 Using the 2 buttons set DN code to 03 14 Using the a buttons set up the central control sl E address 0001 0064 19 Push button OK when display goes on 4 III 16 Push the button 25 ET z TE Setup is finished Setting up blinks when Setting up 13 nr inr ioien goes off operation is possible e 17 Return to the original wiring over remote controls 5 8 11 14 6 9 12 15 16 3 73 1 When setting the line address from the remote control do not use addresses 29 and 30 Addresses 29 and 30 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit If
240. g torque of M3 screws 0 4 1 165 0 55 0 1 Nem Installation 5 Adjust the position of the sub heat sink with the cutout An improperly aligned sub heat sink can interfere with proper device function due to reduced thermal efficiency bye Me A3 Compressor IPDU board For Compressor 3 board a A3 Compressor IPDU board For Compressor 1 drive A3 Compressor IPDU board For Compressor 2 board Transformer relay board Tightening locations for board screws 3 screw BON E 1 2 screw Compressor IPDU boar Heatsink Fan IPDU board Align with cutout 211 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 6 Inverter assembly 1210W chassis Replacing circuit NWARNING boards and electrical components Wear gloves Continued Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of 5 Reactor personal injury by part replacement and other objects 1 Stop operation and turn off the breaker Switch 2 Remove the inverter assembly Refer to 4 Removing the inverter assembly 3 For 096 and 114 only remove the separate reactor box Remove the upper and lower screws M5 x 10 slide the claw to the right and then remove the reactor box Swing the reactor box upwards slip it downwards and then pull it out 4 Remove the reactor box which is behind the inverter assembly M4 x 6 4 pcs Remov
241. gerant gas does not leak If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit When the equipment is moved or repaired be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused After repair work surely assemble the disassembled parts and connect and lead the removed wires as before Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s Assembly i Wiring aide D After the work has finished be sure to use an insulation tester set 500V Megger to check the resistance is 1 more between the charge section and the metal section Earth position Insulator _ If the resistance value is low a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s side check When the refrigerant gas leaks during work execute ventilation If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire poisonous gas generates A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the m closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs Be sure to execute ventilation
242. h Hz Acceptable Voltage V 460 3 60 414 Minimum 506 Maximum Cooling Nominal capacity Rated capacity Rated power consumption kBtu h kW Rated EER Btu W Heating Starting Current Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h Rated power consumption Rated COP Soft Start Dimension 76 3 Packing 50 5 Unit Total Weight Packed Unit Color Silky shade Munsell 1Y8 5 0 5 Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output 21 3 25 3 Fan unit Fan Propeller fan Motor output 1 0 1 0 Air volume 6 600 7 060 Maximum external static p ressure 0 20 0 20 Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R410A Charged refrigerant amount 25 4 High pressure switch OFF 420 ON 540 Protective devices 5 Electrical specifications Unit MEA 23 MOCP 25 Refrigerant piping Liquid Type Flare Diameter 1 2 Gas Type Brazing Diameter 7 8 Type Flare Balance Diameter 3 8 Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 80 to 120 Maximum number of indoor units 15 Operation temperature range Cooling FDB 23 to 109 Heating FWB 5 to 60 Sound pressure level 1 Rated conditions Cooling dB A 60 0 Heating dB A 6
243. harge amount Additional refrigerant charge Adjustment amount of refrigerant charge b Actual length of liquid amountperliquid pipe 1ft refrigerant pip Table 3 Table 4 Table 3 Liquid pipe outer dia 01 4 03 8 01 2 05 8 03 4 Additional refrigerant amount 1 ft Ib 0 017 0 037 0 071 0 108 0 168 Table 4 Outdoor unit capacity type Adjustment amount of refrigerant Combined outdoor units 072 type 3 31 072 type 096 type 13 23 096 type 114 type 15 43 114 type 144 type 0 00 072 type 072 type 168 type 16 53 096 type 072 type 192 type 27 56 096 type 096 type 228 type 27 56 114 type 114 type Example 114 type L1 21 2 30 ft L2 01 2 15 ft L3 23 8 10 ft a 21 4 10 ft b 23 8 15 ft 01 4 10 ft d 91 4 10 ft Additional charge amount Ib Lx X 0 017 Ib ft Ly X 0 037 Ib ft Lz X 0 071 Ib ft 15 43 Ib a c d X0 017 Ib L3 b 0 037 Ib L1 L2 0 017 Ib 15 43 Ib 30 X 0 017 Ib 25 X 0 037 Ib 45 X 0 071 Ib 15 43 Ib 20 06 Ib Lx Actual total length of liquid pipe 21 4 ft Ly Actual total length of liquid pipe 03 8 ft Lz Actual total length of liquid pipe 21 2 ft 13 New Refrigerant R410A This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant R410A which does not deplete the ozone layer
244. heat sink overheating error Poor cooling of electrical component IGBT of outdoor unit P15 Gas leak detection insufficient refrigerant charging P17 Outdoor discharge TD2 temperature error P18 Outdoor discharge TD3 temperature error P19 Outdoor 4 way valve reversing error P20 Activation of high pressure protection P22 Outdoor fan IPDU error P26 Outdoor G Tr short circuit error P29 Compressor position detection circuit error P31 Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault group follower unit error MG CTT Magnet contactor 117 Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready F01 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TCJ error o XY 202 Heat exchanger temperature sensor 2 error F03 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC1 error senson Alternate blinking F10 Ambient temperature sensor TA error F11 Discharge temperature sensor TF error Operation Timer Ready 204 Discharge temperature sensor TD1 error D F05 Discharge temperature sensor TD2 error T F06 Heat exchanger temperature sensor TE1 TE2 error Alt L___ 207 Liquid temperature sensor TL error Outdoor unit temperature ernate blinking sensor errors F08 Outside air temperature sensor TO error F12 Suction temperature sensor TS1 error F13 Heat si
245. hen set unit power is turned on for the first time after installation Indoor Indoor capacity Stop of Capacity setting has not been Set indoor capacity DN 11 09 unit not set corresponding performed for indoor unit unit VF Outdoor All stop Jumper wire provided on P C board Check model setting of P C board L10 L10 capacity not set for servicing I F P C board has not for servicing outdoor been removed as required for given I F P C board model Indoor Duplicated All stop There is duplication in central Check central control addresses L20 unit central control control address setting address VF Inconsistent 1 and 2 series outdoor units have Check outdoor units L17 L17 models of been mixed outdoor units VF Too many All stop There more than four outdoor Check No of outdoor units outdoor units units connected Only up to 4 units per connected system allowed L28 L28 Check communication lines between outdoor units Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F VF Error in No of All stop Insufficient number of IPDUs are Check model setting of P C A3 IPDU Fan IPDUs detected when power is turned on board for servicing outdoor _ 1 2 3 board Check connection of UART 02 communication connector 03 O O Check A3 IPDU fan IPDU and 04 board for defect 05 O O 06 07 129 129 0910 DA O O oc
246. hen No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of indoor units 7 segment display 1 No of No of units connected with cooling outdoor thermo ON T 1 units 1 Check incorrect wiring According to the indoor temperature select one of the following items for setup of the rotary switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Cooling SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 1 1 Heating SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 2 1 7 segment display Cooling J C Heating 91 Indoor temperature F C 89 6 32 SW02 to SW02 to Heating Cooling 64 4 18 14 10 50 10 109 4 43 Outdoor temperature F C Operation start Press the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The operation starts Check that 7 segment display B shows CC for cooling and HH for heating 7 segment display Cooling CC Heating H HH Confirmation of check results 1 Check that No of misconnected indoor units is displayed on 7 segment display B after 15 minutes If there is no misconnection 00 is displayed 7 segment display B 1 1 boi Confirmation of check result
247. ibutor gt 7 Liquid pipe check point Liquid side service valve service valve packed valve 13 Outdoor Unit Parts Replacement Methods No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Cabinet N WARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the screws for the discharge cabnet M5 x 0 4 10 mm 4 pcs For 096 type and 114 type remove the screws from the discharge cabinet M5 x 0 6 15 mm 4 pcs For 096 type and 114 type remove the screws from the left and right sides of the discharge cabinet 3 Remove the screws for the lower cabinet Front and rear M5 x 0 4 10 mm 7 pcs for front and 6 pcs for rear 4 Remove the screws for the service panel M5 x 0 4 10 mm 2 pcs 5 Remove the screws for the suction cabinet Front and rear M5 x 0 4 10 mm 4 pcs each In the case of a 096 type and 114 type 5 x 0 4 10 mm 5 pcs each 6 Remove the protective plate back Remove the upper hook from the middel partition plate and then remove the lower hook from the center hole of the bottom plate 7 Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side cabinet Left and right M5 x 0 4 10 mm 6 pcs each
248. ication Welding machine Nitrogen gas cylinder R22 Existing article Welding of pipes Refrigerant charging balance Charging refrigerant R22 Existing article KO Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools adjustment of projection margin is necessary For this adjustment a copper pipe gauge etc are necessary Note 2 Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed General tools Conventional tools can be used In addition to the above exclusive tools the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary as the general tools 1 Vacuum pump 7 Screwdriver Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump 8 Spanner or Monkey wrench adapter 9 Hole core drill 2 Torque wrench 10 Hexagon wrench Opposite side 4mm 3 Pipe cutter 11 Tape measure 4 Reamer 12 Metal saw 5 Pipe bender 6 Level vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check 1 Clamp meter 3 Insulation resistance tester 2 Thermometer 4 Electroscope 15 1 Specifications 1 1 460V model Single unit System with Non ducted indoor units Outdoor unit model name MMY MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V Ph Hz Acceptable Voltage V 460 3 60 414 Minimum 506 Maximum Cooling Nominal capacity Rated capacity Rated power con
249. id pipe a 4 b E Gas pipe Indoor unit eS High pressure gas or condensate liquid refrigerant Note With a 096 type or 114 type outdoor unit the main heat exchanger and subheat exchanger may be switched over depending on the outside temperature and air Evaporative gas refrigerant low pressure gas conditioning loads E ML Normal refrigerant line Note The header unit is the outdoor unitto which the indoor outdoor communication line is connected All other outdoor units are called follower units The diagram shows a 168 type as an example 36 5 3 Normal operation HEAT mode ni MNU MAPAIT er ciiin i e 4 2 n lay valve 2 ad ad 4 Way valve 3 Hes f g 27 e 151 high pressure n ji t Pressure sensor Pressure sensor low pressure high pressure 5 TLE En T Pressure sensor SV3D os low pressure gt x a Liquid tank Liquid tank i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i
250. ide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet Removing of brazed point on left side of strainer 1 location 4 way valve Removing of brazed point at back of PMV 1 location Before Removal of PMV Assembly Removing of brazed point for pipe located below 7 4 way valve 1 location 4 Brazed point End sections of pipes 3 pieces 5 Cutting line Z 6 Brazed point Cutting through of pipes located above 4 way valve 3 pieces PMV assembly After Removal of PMV Assembly 219 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 11 Transformer NWARNING Wear gloves Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of personal injury by part replacement and other objects Do notattempt to modify the transformer 1 Disassembly procedure 1 Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker 2 Remove the anchor plat
251. imum speed 2 When a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached the minimum speed the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the 4 way valves 3 All compressors currently not in operation are turned on and operated at the target rotational speed for defrosting control 3 Defrosting termination conditions Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE1 temperature sensor measurement reaches a specified value roughly 53 6 F 12 C a certain period of time after the commencement of defrosting control In that event defrosting termination control takes over If the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting termination control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination conditions those that have engage in standby operation 4 Details of defrosting termination control 1 Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed 2 When a specified amount of time passes the 4 way valves are opened 3 Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed For control details see 6 Refrigerant oil recovery control Frost formation temperature is 29 3 1 5 If the outdoor units are a combination of different models defrosting operation once started cannot be manually terminated for about 2 minutes To protect the refrigerating cycle ci
252. ing holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers 4 and the fixation screw 3 The torque of the screws for Fixation screw is 0 55Nem 0 41ft Ibs 9 Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the 4 screws that were removed in step 3 If the screws are loose the effect component will generate heat and cause it to breakdown Do not use an electric driver or an air driver As it can cause component damage The torque of the screws for DBO1 is O 55Nem 0 41 ftslbs and it for 0201 is 1 2Nem 0 89ft Ibs 10 Re connect the connectors and fast on terminals 7 Be sure that all the connectors and the fast on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted 11 If the components the PCB were bent during this procedure straighten them so they do not touch other parts 12 Install the cover then turn on the supply Check the operation 225 Fixation screw DB01 Q201 Fixation screw 14 1 5 Fan IPDU board 1610 replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 452 Inverter P C board for MMY MAP0724HT6UL MCC 1610 ASM PCB FANIPDU fan MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least one minute for the capacitor to discharge Confirm that the light of the LED
253. ion OUTPUT3 Output terminal for each function PJ20 Connector on optional PCB side TB1 Terminal block Connect the optional P C board to the header outdoor unit Note 1 Output Relay K1 K2 K3 Contact Specifications Output terminals OUTPUT 1 2 3 must satisfy the following electrical rating When connecting a conductive load e g relay coil to loads K2 and insert a surge killer CR for an AC power supply or a diode for preventing back electromotive force for a DC power supply on the bypass circuit Electrical Rating 24 V orless AC DC 10 mA or more 1 A or less non conductive load 60 8 Test Operation 8 1 Procedure and summary of test operation A test operation is executed with the following procedure When problems or an error occurs at any step remove the causes of the problem or error referring to 9 Troubleshooting Checks before test operation a em Check basic items mainly the installation work Be sure to enter the check results in checklist 1 and 2 8 This check is done after the power has been turned on Check that the refrigerant circuit system is turned on normally Check that the main power supply is turned on Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units Note Operation does not start simply by powering on Set up the addresses Carry out test operation Check air blowing cooling
254. is related and a check code Cre e 2 2 check other error history items press the 8 button to select another check code Cin BS ED Check code 01 latest Check code 04 oldest pope amp wr Note Error history contains four items 3 When the a button is pushed normal display is 3 1 restored REQUIREMENT Do not push the button as it would erase the whole error history of the indoor unit How to read displayed information lt 7 segment display symbols gt MC p _ beth of thet lt Corresponding alphanumerical letters gt 0 1 2 345 6 OCA b C E F LP a d 77 RR 4 116 Using indoor unit indicators receiving unit light block wireless type To identify the check code check the 7 segment display on the header unit To check for check codes not displayed on the 7 segment display consult the List of Check Codes Indoor Unit in 9 2 Troubleshooting method hy Goes off Lighting Blinking 0 5 seconds Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready e Power turned off or error in wiring between receiving and indoor units All lights out Operation Timer Ready E01 Faulty reception Receivi
255. it No U2 Outdoor unit capacity 6tonto20ton 6 0t t0 20 0t Y Y Y B B Compressor operation command U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 to U4 DW gt WO gt wo gt Indicates which compressor is ON Any unconnected compressors is represented by When compressor No 1 is ON 100 When compressor No 2 is ON 010 When compressor No 3 is ON 001 Fan operation mode U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit U2 At rest F 0 In mode 63 F 6 3 Release signal U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 Normal Upon receiving release signal 1 Oil level judgment U SWOS3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 Normal Low level L Compressor 1 operating current U SWOS3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 is value of operating current in decimal format Compressor 2 operating current U SWOS3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 is value of operating current in decimal format 16 Compressor 3 operating current U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 is value of operating current in decimal format 11 Fan operating current U SWO3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 DW gt WO gt WO
256. it can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote control Procedure 1 Push E amp buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode The service monitor goes on and temperature of the CODE No 00 is firstly displayed 2 Push the temperature setup buttons to select the CODE No to be monitored For displayed codes refer to the table next page 3 Push e button to determine the item to be monitored Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line 4 Pushing button returns the display to the normal display 107 2 TIMER SET MODE Coo CR CB TME Swe VENT MEET TEST SET CL SUN ING F IX UNIT LOUVER A C _ CODE No Data name Display format Unit Remote control display example 00 Room temperature During control 1 0027 27 01 Room temperature Remote control 1 02 Indoor suction temperature TA 1 F E 03 Indoor coil temperature TCJ 1 04 Indoor coil temperature 2 1 0080 80 F 8 05 Indoor coil temperature TC1 x1 bi 06 Indoor di
257. it for leakage 02 TD condition I F Gas leak All stop Protective shutdown due to Check for insufficiency in detection sustained discharge temperature refrigerant quantity TD condition TD1 TD2 or TD3 at or above Check PMVs PMV 1 2 for 226 4 F 108 C for at least 10 clogging minutes is repeated four times or Check resistance characteristics more of TD1 TD2 and TD3 sensors Check indoor filter for clogging Check piping for clogging Check SV4 circuit for leakage or coil installation error VF Discharge All stop Discharge temperature TD2 Check outdoor service valves temperature exceeds 239 F 115 gas side liquid side to confirm TD2 error full opening Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging P17 P17 _ Check resistance characteristics of TD2 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV4 circuit for leakage Check SV4 circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 SV43 129 Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations P18 P18 Discharge temperature TD3 error All stop Discharge temperature TD3 exceeds 239 F 115 C Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check outdoo
258. it is set separately In that case the CODE L03 Indoor header unit overlap is indicated as running starts Change the group address to make one unit the header unit using wired remote control 68 Example Controlling 2 or more refrigerant lines as a group System wiring diagram Remote Group control control Address setting procedure 2 1 Seta system address for each system using SW 13 and 14 on the interface P C board on the header outdoor unit of each system Factory default Address 1 NOTE Be sure to set a unique address on each system Do not use a same address as another system refrigerant line or a custom side Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit 5 06 SWO7 SWO09 SW10 Wael osa Gu SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 Line address switches on the outdoor interface PC board switch on X switch off SW13 address 1 2 3 Line SW13 address 2 3 X o x 2 IG px px X O x e xpxpxpxppxpxIm X O X O X O X O X O XIOJIO x xioJlo x xio ox ee oce ee oe 4 3 x x x x x x x x Q x x x 27 2
259. l function is aimed at providing low pressure protection and is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit The control takes place during defrost operation heating startup pattern control operation and cooling operation 1 Control details heating When Ps pressure becomes 14 5 psi 0 1 MPa SV41 42 and 43 are opened when Ps pressure becomes 21 8 psi 0 15 MPa SV41 42 43 are closed 2 Control details cooling When Ps pressure Pd pressure become 5 20 3 psi 0 14 MPa 5 261 psi 1 8 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are opened when Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 27 6 psi 0 19 MPa and 319 psi 2 2 MPa respectively SV41 and 42 are closed 5 SV5 high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise and is only performed by the header unit 1 Control details heating When Pd pressure and compressor speed become 493 psi 3 4 MPa and 4 38 rps respectively during heating with a single compressor in operation SV5 is opened when Pd pressure becomes 391 5 psi 2 7 MPa or compressor speed amp 64 rps SV5 is closed 9 High pressure release compressor shutdown control This control function is aimed at automatically shutting down a compressor in an outdoor unit depending on Pd pressure It is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit 1 Control details Compressors are shut down when Pd pressure
260. l level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low Note represents sub code 174 Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger B A Left side I Pes S i i Check valve Left side sub heat exchanger Check valve i High pressure sensor H i Low i C pressure FA sensor gt Fusible plug SV3D separator i Fusible aa plug 1 1 Liquid tank G Liquid side Gas side Balance pipe service valve service valve packed valve K 175 9 9 Sensor characteristics Outdoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Outdoor TS1 TE1 TE2 TL and TO sensors 200 25 20 150 Resistance ko 50 F 10 C 15 or below 100 10 50 5 0 0 22 4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 80 90 100 Temperature F C Outdoor TD1 TD2 TD3 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensors 200 150 Resistance kQ 50 F 10 C or below 100 6 50 68 88 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 230 248 266 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Temperatu
261. lewsou AWd 100pu 1 amp jeuuou 10 0w Jo uonoeuuoo S sued Joopur ON Duneeu seogq uonejedo 162 adi ue jo uod Buimojq 15814 Buyynys uons wajqoud Jo esneo amp 0 O d Jo epoo qns 1 fadi amp Jeuuou s ojouu 10 eouejsiseJ 5 1 5 pue 1 4 S y 021 121 eu jo Jojow 2 jou S amp jeuuou uonoeuuoo pJeoq ue uo 1291002 uonoeuuoo Jojoeuuoo S uo 4 0 uoneorpur eoub UE 4 9 JOSU S Q 10119 9 Josuas HL 9 JOE JUNI JOJO t 490 uonisog uous 1991 0 epoo qns 18814 se esneo 2 Ued yoo ue4 40418 42949 pieoq nadrev e eides 894
262. lose up view of screw on terminals 8 Screw tightening torque ft Ibs Screw diameter Torque ft lbs M6 1 84 M4 0 89 M3 0 37 Close up view of terminal block sub assembly 7 229 15 Diagram Parts Price List SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAP0724HT6UL e 230 MMY MAP0724HT6UL 990 SAS 2201920 250 LOCZ 620 82050 ZAS 910 810 990 910 810 0 20 020 6 610650 0202 LO 690710 910 990 OSAS 910810 YEAS 9101810 290 270 600 210 9LO LZO C 6 6 8902206001200 720020 FAS Q AS 910810 990 8201970670 8ZOI8 VOLVO 220 870050970 50010 070 231 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM MMY MAP0724HT6UL RIGHT SIDE CONDENSER LEFT SIDE 5 5 REDUCER VALVE 4WAY iPULSE MOTOR iVALVE 1 1 HIGH PRESSURE PLUG FUSIBLE TANK LIQUID ACCUMULATOR MEC JUI ESTRUM COINS L LIQUID LINE GAS LINE VALVE OIL BALANCE LINE VALVE PACKED SERVICE VALVE PACKED CAPILLARY VALVE SENSOR VALVE 2WAY TUBE CHECKED JOINT CHECK STRAINER TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTOR 232 SMMS i OUTDOOR UNIT MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL M
263. lower There is duplication in outdoor addresses set E29 2 outdoor address manually Follower outdoor unit initially communicating E26 of outdoor unit tromawtiicn E26 normally fails to do so reduction in number of signalisnotreceived normally unt follower outdoor units connected Outdoor header unit detects fault relating to E28 Detected outdoor unit No E28 o Outdoor follower unit error follower outdoor unit detail displayed on follower outdoor unit A3 IPDU Fan 1 2 3 IPDU 1 2 3 IPDU 01 O 0A JO 02 O 0 031010 0 04 00101 E31 05 o 120101 1 IPDU communication error between IPDUs o ojo o 27101010 Circle 0 108 Faulty IPODU 090 80 I F board Sub MCU Outdoor discharge 204 F04 o o temperature sensor TD1 gensa HT has error Outdoor discharge 205 FOS ALT temperature sensor TD2 sensor 1D2 has error t Outdoor heat exchanger 01 TE1 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensors F06 02 F06 ALT temperature sensor 2 been open short circuited TE2 error Outdoor liquid temperature Outdoor liquid temperature sensor TL has been FO For o o sensor TL error open short circuited Outdoor outside air Outdoor outside air temperature sensor TO
264. lty compressor A gal cc 0 264 1000 5 lt 0 502 1900 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 0 502 1900 A gal cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe 3 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A gal cc 0 502 1900 A 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal cc Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new compressor and inject A 0 502 1900 gal cc of oil using a funnel etc 196 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor applicable to MAP0724HT6UL lt Dismantling normal compressor gt Dismantle the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor N WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts lt Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor gt As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained placing the compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B gal cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled Ib kg 50 0 22 7 x 0 1249 1042 Specific volume of oil 0 1249 1042 gal Ib cc kg Note When a compressor is empty it weighs 50 0 Ib 22 7 kg Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors gt Perform the adjustment on the basis of how
265. ly open the SV3A valve If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected Leakage of SV3B valve H compressor there is a leak from the SV3B valve Replace the part Clogging of SV3E valve 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas of oil return distributor does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve oil return gging distributor is clogged Replace the part Clogging of SV3D valve 8 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3D valve If gas Clogging of oil return capillary J does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3D valve oil return Clogging of oil return distributor capillary or oil return distributor is clogged Replace the part heat exchang r _ ro c Lefteside a SVs Reducer A 4 PMV2 4 way valve Em i je a E i Check valve amp i N i High pressure sensor i J Sen fd Discharge pipe check point e L TL jb S i i Fusible A_f j Oil separator i plug dt m 1 i Oil return YEV TVA capilla i 6 pa Liquid tank 1 1 i i 1 i 1 i i gt 1 i 2 f Oil pipe gt Oil return distr
266. m settings needed to gain permission for backup operation from the header unit error clearance 1 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 1 1 1 and confirm that 01 E26 dropping out of an outdoor unit is displayed on the 7 segment display 2 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board to 2 16 1 Upon confirming that Er is displayed on the 7 segment display press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more 3 Er CL error clearance completed will be displayed on the 7 segment display 4 Set SW01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 The display should change to U1 Interface P C board of header unit Set SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 U1 26 will be displayed BH 0449 05 SW15 Set SW01 02 03 to 2 16 1 will be displayed 4 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 Press SW04 and hold for 5 seconds more W 7 7 CL will be displayed Li t C 7 segment display Set SW01 02 03 back to 1 1 1 01 will be displayed SWO 1 SWO2 SWOS3 db db NA Arer This is the end of follower outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 184 10 3 2 Header outdoor unit backup operation setting failure of header outdoor unit Work procedure 1 Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system at the source Setup of failed header outdoor unit 2 Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the
267. maintenance repair or removal work is being carried out There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work check that the electrical control box cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed and set the circuit breaker to the ON position You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks Stay on protection If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical control box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies wear insulated heat resistant gloves insulated boots and insulated work overalls and take care to avoid touching any live parts You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to do this kind of work N WARNING General Before starting to repair the air conditioner read carefully through the Service Manual and repair the air conditioner by following its instructions Only qualified service person 1 is allowed to repair the air conditioner Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire electric shocks injury water leaks and or other problems
268. mote control control Faulty remote control 02 communication transmission Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit Both remote controls have been set as master remote control in two remote control control alarm Ee o Duplicated master remote control v shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit Error detected by central control device Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display Indicator light block above TCC LINK Typical fault site Description of error central Sub d Operation Timer Ready control ub code Faulty central control Central control device is unable to transmit signal C05 EX T MH communication transmission due to duplication of central control device No indication when Faulty central control C06 wired remote control also icati ti Central control device is unable to receive signal in use communication reception E Multiple 1 1 Model Connection Multiple 1 1 Model Connection Interface are Interface connected to remote control communication line 12 E Blanket alarm for general purpose Device connected to general purpose device device control interface control interface for TCC LINK is faulty P30 gt alarm unit see Group control follower unit error Group follower u
269. mote control is cleared 98 2 Clearing error using switches the interface board of the header unit Using the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board of 7 segment display the header unit as follows A B Set SW01 SW02 SWO5 to 2 16 1 1 v Press the push switch SW04 on the same board for 5 seconds or more C L is displayed in 7 segment display B on the 7 segment display board for 5 seconds and the error is completely cleared A E Er CL 7 segment display 7 segment display B Swag 5 05 Swot 51 02 103 lt Rotary switches gt 3 Clearing error by resetting power This function is provided to clear error in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units As same as the clearing method by the interface P C board errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared and error detection is performed again lt Method gt 1 Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units 2 Turn on th
270. mplies with the ISO 14122 standard and follow the procedure in the ladder s instructions Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work When working at heights put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Parts and other objects may fall from above possibly injuring a person below When executing address setting test run or troubleshooting through the checking window on the electrical control box put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock Otherwise you may receive an electric shock Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit You may injure yourself if you do so If the fin must be touched for some reason first put on protective gloves and safety work clothing and then proceed Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury When transporting the air conditioner wear shoes with additional protective toe caps When transporting the air conditioner do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton You may injure yourself if the bands should break Be sure that a heavy unit 10kg or heavier such as a compressor is carried by two persons Check earth wires Before troubleshooting or repair work check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit otherwise a
271. mpressors are turned on the heaters are kept on for 10 minutes 47 Item Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 11 A3 IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor control speeds speed increases decreases and current release control values via the interface P C board The main control functions of the IPDU P C board are described below 1 Current release control To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value output frequency is controlled with AC input current as detected by T02 mounted on the control P C board Current Zone A Compressors are operated normally Zone D The current operating frequency is maintained Zone B Operating frequency is lowered Zone C The lowering of operating frequency is halted to maintain the current frequency Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below Outdoor unit l 2 capacity type 114 6 2 5 7 096 5 9 5 4 072 6 4 5 9 2 Heat sink temperature detection control 1 This control function is aimed at protecting IGBT from overheating via a thermistor TH sensor mounted in the compressor drive module Q201 of A3 IPDU 2 When 185 F 85 C is detected the fan operation mode is raised by one step followed by a series of additional step ups right up to the highest mode at a rate of one step 5 seconds 3 After ste
272. munication between interface CN504 UART communication between A3 IPDU REACTIR CN500 C N WHT Reactor connecting terminal CN510 Power supply input Reactor connecting terminal CN511 30 Lea BEREIT D Fan motor output V phase CN704 Fan motor output U phase CN705 Fan motor output W phase 3 5 4 Noise Filter board 1625 Power supply Powersupply Powersupply Powersupply Powersupply Power supply input L1 input L2 input L3 output to FAN output to I F output to FAN CN31 CN32 CN33 CN23 CN22 CN24 Emran HOD mI Los 1625 1625 d R33 gt 2581 16258 04 COMPONENT SIDE 1 cel anal a if Power supply Power supply ower supply input L1 input L2 input L3 CN11 CN12 CN13 220 V output 460 V input to N F B from N F A CN72 CN73 MCC 1625 C Power supply Power supply Power supply output L1 output L2 output L3 CN41 CN42 220 V input CN51 CN52 460 V output To Noise Filter C To Noise Filter C from Transformer 70 to Transformer 220 V input from Transformer 71 31 4 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing Model MMY MAP0724HT6UL
273. n ore tear n enhn un aan 83 8 5 4 In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor indoor units that do not operate test operation 84 8 6 Test operation CHECK cerei ena AS N NA REN 86 8 6 1 Fan qe 86 8 6 2 Cooling heating test operation 87 8 7 Service support 91 8 7 1 Check function for connecting of refrigerant and control lines 91 8 7 2 Function to start stop ON OFF indoor unit from outdoor unit 93 8 7 3 Error clearing function nn nnn nien nn nnne nent 98 8 7 4 Remote control distinction function nnne nnne nnn 100 8 7 5 Pulse motor valve PMV forced open close function in indoor unit 101 8 7 6 Pulse motor valve PMV forced open
274. n E10 a Indoor inter MCU communication communication between main controller and a motor microcontroller is faulty Error in periodic Periodic communication between indoor header E18 between indoor header and follower d foll b intained unit and follower units cannot be maintained E E Indoor heat exchanger temperature Heat exchanger temperature sensor TCJ has F01 o o sensor TCJ error been open short circuited 5 Indoor heat exchanger temperature Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC2 has F02 2 been open short circuited Indoor heat exchanger temperature Heat exchanger temperature sensor TC1 has F03 E 8 AT censor TC1 error been open short circuited Ambient temperature sensor TA Ambient temperature sensor TA has been open E10 8 error short circuited Discharge temperature sensor TF Discharge temperature sensor TF has been Fi E o o 8 open short circuited Indoor EEPROM is abnormal some other error F29 o o ig SIM board or other indoor error may be detected 03 o 5 Duplicated indoor group header unit There is more than one header unit in group _ Connection of group control cable There is least one stand alone indoor unit to Lo to stand alone indoor unit which group control cable is connected Address setting has not
275. n connector CNO3 interface P C board 3 Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open if there is leakage from outdoor PMV fully close liquid pipe Setup of header unit 5 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface P C board of the header unit Setting to prevent connected indoor units capacity over error E16 Interface P C board of header unit E of gt H 5 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 of gt H 183 6 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed follower unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed follower unit in the following manner n case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems 7 Perfor
276. n electric shock is caused when a leak occurs If the earth wire is not correctly connected contact an electric engineer for rework After completing the repair or relocation work check that the ground wires are connected properly Be sure to connect earth wire Grounding work Incomplete grounding causes an electric shock Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes water pipes and lightning rods or ground wires for telephone wires Prohibition of modification Do not modify the products Do not also disassemble or modify the parts It may cause a fire electric shock or injury Q5 Use specified parts When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications given in the Service Manual or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks smoking and or a fire Do not bring a If in the course of carrying out repairs it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical control box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies put a sign in place so that no one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work Third party individuals may enter the work site and receive dese
277. n five Central control address seconds 3 Confirm that the 7 segment display indicates c L and set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 respectively 4 After a time U 1 L08 appears on the 7 segment display if the address clearing has been completed successfully If the 7 segment display indicates A d n G the outdoor unit may still connected with other refrigerant lines Check the connection of the relay connectors between U1 U2 and U3 U4 NOTE Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly otherwise addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be cleared 5 Set the addresses again after finishing the clearance T9 In the case of an increase address undefined indoor units extension etc To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the extension of indoor units or replacement of PC board etc follow the methods below Method 1 Set up an address individually from a wired remote control Line address Indoor address Group address Central address For the setup method refer to Manual address setup from the remote control above Method 2 Set up an address from the outdoor unit Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are Set up an address only for the unit where the address is undefined Addresses are allocated from lower numbers Setup procedure Set up the outdoor head
278. nd Check indoor outdoor tie cable Check outdoor termination resistance setting SW30 Bit 2 No of indoor VF Dropping out of All stop Indoor unit initially communicating Check power supply to indoor units from indoor unit normally fails to return signal for unit which signal is specified length of time Is power turned on received Check connection of indoor normally outdoor communication cable Check connection of communication connectors on E06 E06 indoor P C board Check connection of communication connectors on outdoor P C board Check for defect in indoor P C board Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F VF Indoor outdoor stop Signal cannot be transmitted from Check outdoor termination communication outdoor to indoor units for 30 resistance setting SW30 Bit 2 E07 circuit error seconds continuously Check connection of indoor detected at outdoor communication circuit outdoor end Duplicated Indoor Duplicated All stop More than one indoor unit is Check indoor addresses indoor address unit indoor address assigned same address Check for any change made to E08 E08 remote control connection group individual since indoor address setting Remote Duplicated Stop of In two remote control configuration Check remote control settings control master remote corresponding including wireless both controllers Check remote control P C control unit are set u
279. nd to the indoor remote control No response None The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in Turn on the power indoor group control the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote control Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control Set the group address to 0 in the case of the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote control individual control The power is not turned on the unit that is not displayed on Turn on the power the indoor remote control The indoor remote control is not connected with a wire the Modify the wiring No display on the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote control indoor remote None Miswiring of the indoor remote control the unit that is not Modify the wiring control no line is output displayed on the indoor remote control Indoor remote control communication circuit error the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote control If 460 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote control terminal the remote control communication circuit fails Remove the fast on terminal connected to indoor remote control terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied normally 15 to 18 V replace the PC board 83 8 5 4 In checking the number of connected outdoor units connected indoor units after address setup a lower number of connected units is displayed There are outdoor in
280. nen nennt nnne nnne nannten 28 3 5 2 Inverter P C board for compressor MCC 1595 A3 IPDU 29 3 5 3 Inverter P C board for fan MCC 1610 1 1 30 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC 32 5 COMBINED REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 35 5 1 Normal operation COOL mode DEFROST mode high outside air temperature rouglily GE F 20 6G o dDOVB 35 5 2 Normal operation COOL mode low outside air temperature roughly below 68 F 20 2 36 5 3 Normal operation HEAT mudo sssarucnsa inan axk neci a EHE ROG Ra ERG 37 5 4 Emergency operation cooling operation under header outdoor unit backup scenario 38 5 5 Emergency operation heating operation under header outdoor unit backup scenario 39 5 6 Refrigerant recovery from failed outdoor unit pump down operation under follower outdoor unit backup scenario 40 6 CONTROL cp 41 7 APPLIED CONTROL AND FUNCTIONS eee ce eee ee eee eene 50 7 1 Ap
281. ng of failed header unit refrigerant line address setting 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 on the interface P C board Setting to prevent connected indoor unit capacity over error E16 185 8 Set Bits 1 and 2 of SW30 on the interface board same as that of the failed header unit terminator resistance setting Outdoor interface P C board of unit selected as new header unit 7 Turn on Bit 2 of SWO9 SW06 SWOT ON ON 5228 woe 1234 4 2 5 4 SW11 SW12 i2 ON ON t 2229 9909 T 4 2 3 4 1 25 34 51 16 SW17 F ON ON 6 t e 2 de E falle unit Set Swe and sire ak us Wiring changes to communication line 9 Redirect the indoor outdoor communication line connected to the failed header unit 01 02 to the unit selected as the header unit 01 02 10 If a central control device is connected connect the central control communication line 43 44 to the communication line terminal of the unit selected as the new header unit U3 U4 and connect up the tie connector between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals Failed header unit Unit selected as new header unit previously follower unit No 1 Central control communication line 1 U3 U4 terminal Outdoor outdoor communication line U1 U2 terminal 9 10 Redirect the indoor outdo
282. ng unit Error or poor contact in wiring Vl E02 Faulty transmission between receiving and indoor e E03 Loss of communication units Blinking E08 Duplicated indoor unit No address E09 Duplicated master remote control d E10 Indoor unit inter MCU communication error E12 Automatic address starting error E18 Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor units indoor power turned off e 206 Faulty reception in indoor outdoor communication dropping out of indoor unit Blinking E07 Faulty transmission in indoor outdoor communication E15 Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting E16 Too many indoor units connected overloading E19 Error in number of outdoor header units E20 Detection of refrigerant piping communication error during automatic address setting E23 Faulty transmission in outdoor outdoor communication E25 Duplicated follower outdoor address E26 Faulty reception in outdoor outdoor communication dropping out of outdoor unit E28 Outdoor follower unit error E31 IPDU communication error Operation Timer Ready P01 Indoor AC fan error Vv P10 Indoor overflow error e E FA P12 Indoor DC fan error Alternate blinking P13 Outdoor liquid backflow detection error Operation Timer Ready Outdoor discharge TD1 temperature error aec XX P04 Activation of outdoor high pressure SW T YS Open phase power failure P05 Inverter DC voltage Vdc error Alternate blinking MG CTT error P07 Outdoor
283. nit is faulty unit No and above detail displayed on main remote control Note The same error e g a communication error may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it Moreover check codes detected by the main remote control central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air conditioner operation 111 List of Check Codes Outdoor Unit Errors detected by SMMS i outdoor interface typical examples IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit Inverter P C board Lighting g Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Check code Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7 segment display TCC LINK Indicator light block central control Typical fault site Description of error or wired Operation Timer Ready Sub code remote control em 45 Flash display cJ Number of indoor units from which Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to E06 E06 o Dropping out of indoor unit return signal reduction in number of indoor units signal is received normally connected Indoor outdoor Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units E07 E04 communication circuit gt indoor units left without comm
284. nk sensor TH error F15 Wiring error in heat exchanger sensor TE1 and liquid temperature sensor TL Outdoor unit temperature sensor wiring installation error F16 Wiring error in outdoor high pressure sensor Pd and low pressure sensor Ps Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error F22 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 error F23 Low pressure sensor Ps error Outdoor unit pressure sensor F24 High pressure sensor Pd error errors Operation Timer Ready xv d poe F29 Fault in indoor EEPROM Synchronized blinking Operation Timer Ready H01 Compressor breakdown Ho2 Compressor lockup Outdoor unit compressor or amp TY amp A3 IPDU related errors H03 Current detection circuit error Blinking H05 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 06 Abnormal drop in low pressure sensor Ps reading Protective shutdown of outdoor H07 Abnormal drop in oil level unit H08 Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 H15 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD2 H16 Oil level detection circuit error Error in outdoor unit TK1 TK2 TK3 4 or 5 circuit H25 Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD3 Operation Timer Ready 103 Duplicated indoor group header unit 105 Duplicated priority indoor unit as displayed on priority indoor unit N 106 Duplica
285. nnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup 8 4 2 Address setup and check procedure Procedure Item Operation and check contents 1 Indoor unit power on Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up Outdoor unit power on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be 2 set 7 segment display Check that L08 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the 3 s 2 header unit the system where the address is to be set up Address setup start Confirm the items in 8 4 3 Address setup procedure and then set up the address according to the operation procedure Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control 4 systems Note The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated Display check after After address setup U1 is displayed on the 7 segment display 5 setup For follower outdoor units U2 to U4 are displayed on the 7 segment display f an error code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to 9 Troubleshooting System information Using the 7 segment display function check the system information of the scheduled system check after setup This check is executed on the interfa
286. nnel etc 197 When replacing normal as well as faulty compressors applicable to MMY MAPO964HT6UL and MAP1144HT6UL lt Dismantling normal compressors gt Dismantle the normal compressors in the same way as the faulty compressor NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors gt As was the case with the faulty compressor measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale Amount of oil in normal compressor B C gal cc Weight of compressor as it was dismantled Ib kg 50 0 22 7 x 0 1249 1042 Specific volume of oil 0 1249 1042 gal Ib cc kg Note When a compressor is empty it weighs 50 0 Ib 22 7 kg Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors gt Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A gal cc and how much oil the normal compressors contained B and C gal cc by following the steps below 1 Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A B C gal cc 0 5 A B C lt 0 8 3000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to 0 3 1000 gal cc each total 0 8 3000 gal cc Lay the compressors down and draw 0 2 900 gal cc of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pip
287. nsor reading F is displayed Letter symbol td 1 sies 4 in decimal format _ aed Letter symbol and data are displayed TD2 sensor data alternately for 1 second and display for 3 Letter symbol td idu 5 seconds respectively Data with negative value is displayed as Data i ida TD3 sensor data Letter symbol td gis ss g Data TS sensor data Letter symbol DS utes Data sensor data Letter symbol CEs Data sensor data Letter symbol tE 2 5 Data TL sensor data Letter symbol tb 10 Data TO sensor data Letter symbol 1 Data TK1 sensor data Letter symbol FIL 12 Data TK2 sensor data Letter symbol F2 Laus 13 Data TK3 sensor data Letter symbol F 3 Data TK4 sensor data Letter symbol F4 guis 18 Data 5 sensor data Letter symbol ES 18 Data 168 4 Display of Outdoor Cycle Data Displayed at Header Unit This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7 segment display of the header unit 501 SW02 SWO3 Display detail Error data A U SWOS3 setting No 1 Outdoor unit No U2 UJ Check code is displayed latest one only If there is no check code Type of compressor installed U SWOS3 setting No 1 Outdoor un
288. nverter board Compressor 1596 ololo A3 IPDU MCC 1596 12 Fuse MCC 1596 GAC1 31 5A 31 5 A AC500 V P C board 13 Comp Motor drive IPM 1596 PS22A76 25 DC1200 V P C board Inverter board fan FAN MCC 1610 1 IPDU 1610 SPI SER 15 Fuse MCC 1610 CES15 15AF924 15 A AC250 V P C board 16 Fan motor drive IPM MCC 1610 FSBB20CH60C 20 A DC600 V P C board 17 Pipe temp sensor TD 30 135 Ambient temp range 18 Pipe temp sensor TS 20 80 C Ambient temp range 19 Heat exchanger temp sensor 20 80 Ambient temp range 20 Outside temp sensor 20 80 C Ambient temp range 21 Oil temp sensor 30 135 C Ambient temp range olojo 22 Liquid temp sensor TL 20 80 C Ambient temp range 23 3 3 Parts layout in outdoor unit Model MMY MAP0724HT6UL Transfomer Fusible plug Accumulator ae C SV3D valve SV2 valve SV3E valve SV3C valve SV5 valve SV3B valve TK5 sensor TO sensor TE1 sensor Low pressure sensor TS sensor Check joint Low pressure PMV Pulse Motor Valve T
289. nverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions 3 Disconnect the 4 way valve coil and PMV coils 2 pieces and get all wiring located near the 4 way valve out of the way 4 Remove brazed points 2 locations for the PMV assembly which is placed in front of the 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 5 Since itis difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the 4 way valve 3 pieces cut through them just below the brazed points poin 6 Brazed point using a saw etc 6 Detach the pipe located below the 4 way valve 7 Remove the end sections of the pipes above the 4 way valve which were cut in step 5 8 Install a new 4 way valve Provide adequate cover for the 4 way valve to protect it from overheating During the installation insert pipes firmly into the 4 way valve or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result 9 Reinstall the PMV assembly which was removed in step 4 Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating 10 Reinstall all the coils removed in step 3 and put the wiring back to its initial state 11 Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions 12 Reinstall the lower cabinet Cutting through of pipes located above 4 way valve 3 pieces wm Removing of brazed point on left side of strainer 1 location
290. o jo dmes jenuew sosseippy Joopino pejeojdng eza JO uonoeuuo epoo 2245 140 129Jeq O d 1 JOSUBS 6 6 UO sonsuejoeJeuo Josues jun ees amp jeuuou anjen Josues 201 eoe dex eouejsise Josues ZOL Ajjeuuou O d 10 uonoeuuoo 128102 uo LOLNO Jo0joeuuoo 105 95 10419 10505 221 204 asneg epoo 2245 epoo 2245 4 129Joq O d 100put X90949 1osueg 6 6 UO sonsuejoeJeuo Josues jun ees ewou anjen 4 eouejsise Josues Jo ipei euuoS Ajpeuuou O d Joopul uo pes Z0LNO Jojoeuuoo Josues JO uonoeuuoo 12909 poyg u d 1osues 10 149 Josues Joopu 0 4l epoo 9 5 1 Joopyno si Josuas j SonsuejoeJeuo 10 6 6 uo JOSUS einjejedujej jun 995
291. o provide a contact for each terminal Power peak cut control settings Interface P C board of header outdoor unit Power peak cut control P C swi sw2 L1 board SW07 Bit 1 OFF SWO7 Bit 1 ON Power peak cut control ON 0 0 n 1 1 signal received ON OFF ON 0 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated Power peak cut control OFF signal received OFF ON OFF 100 normal operation 100 normal operation Two core cable support SMMS i models allows ON OFF power peak cut control to be implemented using a power peak cut control ON input SW1 alone provided that the J16 jumper wire on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit has been removed Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured gt Optional PCB Outdoor unit interface PCB Power Display supply J16 Cut i il 7 5 07 OFF Shield wire Connection cable 53 SW07 Bit 2 OFF two step control Power peak cut control is enabled as long as SW1 as shown on the wiring diagram is ON continuously Jumper wire Input 07 Bit 1 Indicator relay J16 swt Bit 1 OFF Bit 1 ON L1 0 forced stop 60 capacity upper limit regulated OFF OFF 100 normal operation 100 normal operation ON Note 1 Specifications of display relay contact
292. oeuuoo 1294402 peddinbe y 104 JOJOW Y9OYD Z 10149 4019 Joopu O d 4 1 400pyno 9949 Aiddns 9je esiou Ajeyixne Jamod Joopino jo Aue S pue Jamod Iqnog ui 1 O d 2 40440 jun 1940 rel esneg YII 2945 jeuuouqe eunjreJ eowep episjno 40 amp 91e1edo poeuoo episjno seoq amp 08NO pojoeuuoo S pjeoq O d Joopul Joopul 027 jndui jewuouqy opoo 9poo 155 edid ay ueuy pue edid ou s 9 n Joopjno jo yoayo Duuiwsiul y Bursn Y29949 5 spun eJ 1294102 2
293. of indoor PMV Check refrigerant piping for clogging Check operation of outdoor fan during heating Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity H07 H07 Low level protection All stop Operating compressor detects continuous state of low oil level for about 2 hours lt All outdoor units in corresponding line to be checked gt Check balance pipe service valve to confirm full opening Check connection and installation of TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and 5 sensors Check resistance characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and 5 sensors Check for gas or oil leak in same line Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor casing Check SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E and SV3F valves for defect Check oil return circuit of oil separator for clogging Check oil equalizing circuit for clogging H08 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error 05 TK5 sensor error Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK1 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero open short circuit Check connection of TK2 sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TK2 sensor Check for defect
294. olutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and place a Work in progress sign on the circuit breaker When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail and place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work When you have noticed that some kind of trouble such as when an error display has appeared there is a smell of burning abnormal sounds are heard the air conditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking has occurred in the air conditioner do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and contact a qualified service person Take steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on by marking out of service near the circuit breaker for instance until qualified service person arrives Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure Electric shock hazard When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts wait for about five minutes after turning off the breaker Do not start repairing immediately Otherwise you may get electric shock by touching terminals of high voltage capacitors Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes Prohibition Place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker while the installation
295. ompressor case heater Compressor 1 Connector CN331 White Compressor 2 Connector CN332 Blue Compressor 3 Connector CN333 Black 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Accumulator case heater Connector CN334 Red 1 Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Balance pipe 1 Oil balancing in each outdoor unit 34 5 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams 5 1 Normal operation COOL mode DEFROST mode high outside air temperature roughly 68 F 20 C or above Header unit MMY MAPO964HT6UL Follower unit MMY MAP0724HT6UL EE 30 i i ID A CA i i i i i i i i i i PMVZ i 1 i i i i i z PMV4 Loe t bod 1 i 4 Way 2 i 1 i i i i pressure sensor Mad c T Im high pressure EN 751 i 3 5 jh m i i
296. ons With a 096 type 114 type also remove the brazed joints of the piping connected to the sub heat exchanger 2 locations 7 Remove the screws for the heat exchanger end plate and pull the heat exchanger out M5 x 0 1 10 mm 2 pcs 2 Moter base 3 Discharge cabinet anchor plate Heat exchanger right 4 Support post 5 Waterproof board between left and right heat exchangers amass e ee Se 6 Brazed joints 2 locations on header side 6 Brazed joints 2 locations on distributor side Pull heat exchanger out of rear end Left side heat exchanger is pulled out of front end 208 Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Inverter assembly NWARNING Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object 1 Detachment 1 Stop the air conditioner operation and turn off the circuit breaker 2 Remove the inverter cover M4 x 0 1 10 mm 2 pcs 3 Remove the wiring e g the power supply wire compressor leads coils sensors and heaters 4 Steps only applicable to a 096 type 114 type Remove the reactor lead cover M4 x 0 1 10 mm 1 pc Remove the screws securing the box M4 x 0 1 10 mm 1 pc Detach the reactor leads 6 terminal block bolts and 2 faston connectors 5 Remove the wire gu
297. ools exclusive for R410A but can be also used for conventional refrigerant R22 3 Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant R22 The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability Tools exclusive for R410A The following tools for R410A are required Explanation of symbols A Newly prepared It is necessary to use it exclusively with R410A separately from those for R22 R407C Former tool is available Used tools Usage Proper use of tools parts Gauge manifold Vacuuming charging refrigerant Exclusive to RA10A Charging hose and operation check Exclusive to R410A Charging cylinder Charging refrigerant Unusable Use the Refrigerant charging balance Gas leak detector Checking gas leak PAS Exclusive to RA10A Vacuum pump Vacuum drying Usable if a counter flow preventive adapter is attached R22 Existing article Usable by adjusting size R22 Existing article Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant Exclusive to RA10A Vacuum pump with counterflow Vacuum drying Flare tool Flare processing of pipes Bender Bending processing of pipes Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to 21 4 6 4 mm to 25 8 15 9 mm Pipe cutter Cutting pipes R22 Existing article 4 Exclusive to RA10A Refrigerant canister Charging refrigerant 4 Enter the refrigerate name for identif
298. oor unit being repaired lt Outline gt After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump down operation the overall amount of refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining outdoor units even though they are not faulty However operation is still possible if the system wide amount of refrigerant is adjusted in accordance with the procedure described below lt Work procedure gt 1 Follow the steps specified in 11 1 Refrigerant recovery from failed outdoor unit pump down 2 Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device etc Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit See the table below Example If a 114 type outdoor unit is under repair in 228 type system Amount of refrigerant required by system as it was initially 228 type 78 3 Ib 34 5 kg Amount of refrigerant required by system with available outdoor units only 114 type 40 8 Ib 26 0 kg Amount of refrigerant to be removed from system 78 3 34 5 40 8 26 0 37 5 Ib 8 5 kg 3 Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in 10 3 Outdoor unit backup operation setting This completes the procedure a Combined outdoor units Ib Kg 072 type 072 type 28 7
299. op Current flow of at least specified Check current detection circuit Compressor 1 detection circuit magnitude is detected despite wiring side error inverter compressor having been Check defect in outdoor 02 shut turned off board A3 IPDU H03 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side VF TD1 sensor All stop Discharge temperature of Check installation of TD1 sensor miswiring compressor 1 TD1 does not Check connection of TD1 sensor incomplete increase despite compressor being connector and wiring H05 05 insertion in operation Check resistance characteristics of TD1 sensor Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F 1 Total shutdown in case of header unit Continued operation in case of follower unit 124 MG CTT Magnet contactor Check code Wired remote control Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations H06 Activation of low pressure protection All stop Low pressure Ps sensor detects operating pressure lower than 0 02MPa Check service valves to confirm full opening both gas and liquid sides Check outdoor PMVs for clogging PMV1 2 Check for defect in SV2 or SV4 circuits Check for defect in low pressure Ps sensor Check indoor filter for clogging Check valve opening status
300. operation 1 Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil Decreases oil flowing to the cycle Oil separator 2 Reserve function of surplus oil TD1 TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2 Connector CN503 Pink TD3 Connector CN504 Blue TD2 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp TD3 2 Used for discharge temperature release Connector 505 White 1 Controls PMV super heat in heating operation Connector CN520 Green TE1 1 Controls defrost in heating operation 2 Controls outdoor fan in heating operation Temp Sensor Connector 521 Red 1 Controls exchange function between main and sub exchangers TK1 TK2 TK1 Connector CN531 Black TK2 Connector CN532 Green TK3 Connector CN533 Red TK4 Connector CN534 Yellow TK3 TK4 5 Connector CN535 Red TKS 1 Judges oil level of the compressor TL Connector CN523 White 1 Detects under cool in cooling operation To Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects outside temperature Pressure sensor High pressure sensor Connector CN501 Red 1 Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects high pressure in cooling operation and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation 3 Detects under cool in indoor unit in heating operation Low pressure sensor Connector CN500 White 1 Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity 2 Detects low pressure in heating operation and controls the super heat Heater C
301. or La Outdoor unit Refrigerant piping Indoor unit 3 If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room and the refrigerant piping is interconnected the smallest room of course becomes the object But when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room where the density limit is exceeded the volume of the next smallest room becomes the object Refrigerant piping Outdoor unit Very small room Indoor unit oon Small Medium L room room Mechanical ventilation device Gas leak detector TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION 23 17 TAKANAWA 3 CHOME MINATOKU TOKYO 108 8580 JAPAN Copyright 1999 to 2013 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION ALL Rights Reserved Revision record First issue Feb 2012 Revision 1 Numeric correction of Specifications 16to 19 Jun 2013
302. or A3 IPDU MCC 1596 Inverter P C board for Compressor 2 A3 IPDU MCC 1596 Communication terminal block MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL Relay terminal block for reactor Inverter P C board for fan FAN IPDU MCC 1610 Noise Filter P C board MCC 1625 Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board MCC 1606 Power supply terminal Inverter P C board for Compressor 1 MCC 1596 block Relay connector for central control Inverter P C board for Compressor 2 A3 IPDU MCC 1596 222 Inverter P C board for Compressor 3 A3 IPDU MCC 1596 Magnet Contactor Communication terminal block 14 1 3 Interface board replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 450 Interface P C Board MMY MAP0724HT6UL MCC 1606 ASM PCB I F MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment When the board assembly is to be replaced check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the model following the below procedure Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit 2 Remove all of the connectors and fast on terminals connected to the interface board Remove the connectors and fast on terminal
303. or communication If central control device is connected redirect central line from failed header unit to unit selected control communication line from failed header unit to as header unit 01 02 unit selected as new header unit 03 41 11 Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed unit Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed unit in the following manner n case of fault in compressor electrical part I F P C board or IPDU P C board Leave the power supply off n case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part pressure sensor temperature sensor refrigerating cycle part or fan system part Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor by turning on the case heater When the power supply to the unit is turned on E19 error in the number of outdoor header units will be displayed on the 7 segment display However this will not cause any problems This is the end of header outdoor unit backup operation setting Check the operation 186 10 4 5 outdoor unit backup operation setting lt Outline gt Limited to summer and other situations where there is no need for heating operation this function makes it possible to get backup operation up and running quickly without going through the normal setup procedure regardless of which type of outdoor unit has failed the header unit or a follower unit In this backup operation
304. or communication lines 5 15 the terminal resistance SW30 bit 2 on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on Set up factory default After address setup and test operation check turn on the SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for the smallest line address and turn off SW30 bit 2 of the header unit for other refrigerant lines See 8 4 3 Address setup procedure 6 15 the end terminal of the shield wire open 7 15 the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side 8 When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the SDI series are connected Are 1 1 model Connection Interface TCB PCNT31TLUL correctly connected When the SDI series operates with group twin or triple operation are the interfaces connected to the header unit of the indoor unit NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires For details refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit indoor unit remote control or optional devices 63 Checklist 1 Using Checklist 1 check that there are no problems with the installation work Is the capacity of the Outdoor total capacity Header unit A A Indoor unit A circuit breaker Earth Follower unit B A leakage breaker appropriate Is the gauge of the Header unit A AWG Indoor unit AWG power cable corr
305. or leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output check the faston connectors thoroughly to ensure that they are not crooked If there is any loose connector tighten it with a pair of pliers etc before connecting the lead How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove compressor leads from the compressors 3 With each compressor check the phase to phase winding resistances and winding to outdoor cabinet resistance using a multimeter Earth fault gt It is normal if the winding to outdoor cabinet resistance is 10 or more Inter winding short circuit gt It is normal if the phase to phase resistances are in the 0 1 0 4 Q range Use digital multimeter How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P C board for the outdoor fan CN703 CN705 3 Rotate the fan by hand If the fan does not turn the fan motor is faulty locked up Replace the fan motor If the fan turns measure the phase to phase winding resistances using a multimeter It is normal if the measurements are in the 1 14 1 70 O range Use a digital multimeter 133 129Jeq 2 4 1 1 sseippe 0 euo 83A amp Jonuoo ejouie1 jepeeu
306. or units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt Power ON Eos Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SWO02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 5 1 C is displayed on 7 segment display A 9 Press SW04 the same board for 2 seconds or more Start T Test run is displayed on the remote control of the indoor unit to be operated Check that C is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the F Operation check header unit Return SW01 SW02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 41 Stop End or press the push switch SW05 for 2 seconds or more 7 segment display A 7 segment display B NOTE The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 94 2 Heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode by using switches on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt _ sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit Set SW01 SWO02 SW03 on the interface
307. ot to create a gap over the curved section of the rubber where the hairpin side of the band is located 4 While holding the rubber press down the base of the hook lightly against the rubber and engage the hook with the square hole by squeezing the curved section of the rubber where the square hole side of the band is located see the arrow If the hook does not engage with the square hole recheck whether there is a gap between the band and rubber Push band down arrow direction matching sizes separately making sure tooth and Place two segments of damper on pipes of slit of pairing segments face each other Align tooth and slit and push two segments towards each other P Slide it along Place band tightly around rubber without a gap between them Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber Press down hook side of tape against rubber 217 No Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 10 4 way valve detachment NWARNING attachment 072 type Wear a pair of gloves Otherwise you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object Before starting the work be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device 4 Brazed point 1 Detachment 1 Remove the lower cabinet front side 2 Remove the i
308. owing items after reinstallation 1 The earth wire is correctly connected 2 The power cord is not caught in the product 3 There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable If check is not executed a fire an electric shock or an injury is caused When carrying out the pump down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air etc to be sucked in raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level and possibly resulting in reputing injury etc Cooling check When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this part to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel If you fail to heed this warning you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other parts will be very hot to the touch In addition before proceeding with the repair work wear the kind of insulated heat resistant gloves designed to protect electricians Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while running the unit as they get heated while running Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for el
309. p 2 the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to lt 185 F 85 4 When TH 221 F 105 C compressors are shut down 5 Compressors are restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If this is repeated four times error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error P07 is displayed There will be no more restarts Possible causes of the confirmed error include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit fan abnormality blockage of the cooling duct and IPDU P C board fault The TH temperature used in this control function is the highest registered by A3 IPDU1 A3 IPDU2 and A3 IPDU3 3 Overcurrent protection control 1 When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P C board detects an abnormal current the compressor is shut down 2 The compressor is restarted 2 minutes and 30 seconds later with an error count of 1 recorded If the compressor successfully operates for at least 10 minutes after a restart the error count is cleared 3 If the error count reaches 8 the error is confirmed as final 4 High pressure SW control 1 When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated the compressor is shut down with an error count of 1 recorded 2 The compressor is restarted 2 minutes 30 seconds later and if it successfully operates for at least 10 minutes the error count is cleared 3 If the error count reaches 4 the error is confirmed as final The error P0
310. p as master Header boards E09 e indoor unit is shut down with alarm while follower indoor units continue operating Indoor Indoor inter Stop of Communication cannot be Check for defect in indoor P C E10 _ unit MCU corresponding established maintained upon board communication error unit turning on of power or during communication 120 Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Location int iti Wired of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code 01 VF Automatic All stop Indoor automatic address setting Perform automatic address Indoor outdoor address starting is started while automatic setting again after disconnecting communication error address setting for equipment in communication cable to that 02 other refrigerant line is in refrigerant line E12 E12 Outdoor progress outdoor Outdoor automatic address communication setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress VF Indoor unit not All stop Indoor unit cannot be detected after Check connection of indoor found during indoor automatic address setting is outdoor communication line automatic started Check for error in indoor power address setting supply system E15 E15 Check for noise from other devices Check for power failure Check for def
311. p1eoq rd X09949 aow Jo 40 Ajddns 1ewod ay jo amp uieDe uo pue jo usaq Ajddns 1 08 opoo qns O d ON 400pjno epoo qns uo pue Ajddns Jamod jo win Uo seu 20 45 PUN JOOP NO JEMO O4 823 sneg xo9u2 43 amp ejdsip 10 Spuooes JO usnd pue 1 91 2 HUN jo 2rd 4 1 uo EOMS ZOMS LOMS 196 2rd 49940 BU MOH 481x 2 Z ON snadrev 8814 dH 9 10 sjepou dH 21 10 01 8 Z pue ON snadr ev OML x esuodsai uinja1 jou op snddl pue eseo uj SB UM E 40139 O d 3 1 04 7274 J 009 2 Jo g pue sud s pei euuoo uee eq OND 1019euuoo uonoeuuoo J0j9euuoo 129407 ano sud c Ajeuuou pejeuuoo syun AS 30
312. perature conditions installed pipe length and room shape combinations or indoor unit connection capacity For pressure criteria in different temperature conditions refer to 2 Number of compressor Air temp Model erue Pipe surface temperature rotations condition P rps DB WB F Operating Indoor mode Indoor Outdoor Liquid fan Discharge Suction heat heat Outdo MMY MAP Pd Ps TD TS exchanger exchanger rou Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Indoor or TCJ TE Cooling 410 130 180 60 48 105 105 50 50 High 80 67 95 0724HT6UL Heating 420 102 181 40 100 35 90 50 50 High 70 47 43 Cooling 415 130 181 60 48 105 105 45 45 45 High 80 67 95 0964HT6UL Heating 430 102 183 38 100 35 90 50 50 50 High 70 47 43 Cooling 435 130 183 60 50 105 105 50 50 50 High 80 67 95 1144HT6UL Heating 420 100 181 39 100 35 90 57 57 57 High 70 47 43 This compressor is driven with 4 pole motor The value of the compressor frequency rps measured with clamp meter at the compressor lead line is two times the rotation count rps of the compressor Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger TC indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling and TC2 sensor temperature when heating respectively 2 Criteria for operating pressure
313. plied control for outdoor unit iuis eee 50 7 1 1 Outdoor fan high static pressure shift 50 7 1 2 Priority operation mode setting 50 7 2 Applied control of outdoor unit I RE RE RE RN RR RA A 52 7 2 1 Power peak cut control standard eese enne nnne 53 7 2 2 Power peak cut control extended 54 7 2 3 Snowfall fan control cci core rana cu noma ak 55 7 2 4 External master ON OFF nennen ennemi nnn inns 55 7 2 5 Night operation sound reduction control een 56 7 2 6 Operation mode selection control eeeeesesseseeeeeseeeeeeeeee eene nnne nnn innt 57 7 2 7 Error operation oceen e kannte iren e ce Dan aee ca Rn 58 7 2 8 Compressor operation nennen nnn nnn annnm nanmanna 59 7 2 9 Operating rate Output neci ee ee erede terrre ee Len nie ka eaa
314. ponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low Oil return distributor K Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C bypass capillary Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 04 Oil circuit error Leakage Site of fault Unit generating Part see next page check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Outdoor liquid backflow error P13 Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection HO7 Other connected unit Discharge temp error TD1 P03 Rise of discharge temp A Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Discharge temp error TD3 P18 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Rise of discharge temp compressor 3 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Refrigerant entrapment convergent section B Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown H01 XX Compressor error lockup H02 XX Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Excessive amount of oil D Leaking side Insufficient amount of oil Normal side SV3A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection 07 Oil level low SV3C valve G Corresponding unit Oi
315. pressors 1 2 and 3 oL 112121211 Oil level is low for compressors 1 2 and 3 oL 01210 Oil level is low for compressor 2 and normal for compressors 1 and 3 Judgment result for compressor 3 Judgment result for compressor 2 Judgment result for compressor 1 171 9 8 Leakage clogging of refrigerating cycle circuit List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part MMY MAP0724HT6UL Clogging Part Site of fault see next page Unit generating check code Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor PMV1 2 Corresponding unit Activation of high pressure protection P20 Rise of pressure Activation of low pressure protection 06 Fall of pressure A Discharge temp error TD1 P03 Rise of discharge temp Discharge temp error TD2 P17 compressor 1 Rise of discharge temp compressor 2 Check valve in discharge pipe B Corresponding unit High pressure protection error P20 Abnormal rise of pressure convergent section High pressure SW system error 4 Check valve in discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error 4 Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H16 XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Capillary D Oil level low detection and protection HO7
316. pressure data psi MPa displayed The display switches each time SW04 is pressed Display Example rd 11 gt Pd 175 1 209 M Ps 175 1 20 Initial display High pressure sensor output Low pressure sensor output Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 8 Of all outdoor units operating in the pump down mode select the one with the lowest unit No as an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment Identifying Unit No The unit No is the number displayed on the 7 segment display when SW01 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 Us represents the unit No Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 9 Set SW01 02 03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to 1 2 2 10 As the low pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7 segment display adjust the pressure to around 17 psi 0 12 MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve with checking pressure data 11 Compare the low pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment and wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same After letting the system continue operating for a while longer fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment 189 Setup of failed outdoor unit 12 When the low pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 14 5 psi 0 10 MPa fully close the balance pipe packed valve and pres
317. ption of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 1 Pulse 1 PMV1 2 control PMV1 and 2 During heating PMV control motor valve 1 During air conditioner operation the pulse count of a PMV pulse motor valve is be provided with PMV1 PMV controlled between 90 and 1000 control 2 During cooling the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements wt provided by the TL temperature sensor and the Pd pressure sensor under cool control 3 During heating the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TS and TD temperature sensors and the PS pressure sensor super heat control 4 PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermo OFF state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality 1000 7 550 hess 2 500 Opening of PMV1 2 90 45 1 Minimum Maximum 2 control applicable only to MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL 1 When using a small capacity split type heat exchanger mainly a sub heat exchanger to a combination of a sub heat exchanger and main heat exchanger during cooling the pulse count of the PMV pulse motor valve is controlled between 45 and 500 The PMV4 opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE1 and TE2 temperature sensors 2 During heating the PMV4 may be used as a pressure relief bypass valv
318. r Check for defect in A3 IPDU P C 3 side board Indoor Other indoor Stop of There is error in other indoor unit Check indoor P C board P31 E _ unit error corresponding group resulting in detection of 07 group follower unit error unit L07 L03 LO8 131 Errors Detected by TCC LINK Central Control Device Check code Location Wired Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote detection control Sub code TCC LINK TCC LINK Continued Central control device is unable Check for defect in central control central control operation transmit signal device C05 Check for defect in central control transmission communication line error Check termination resistance setting TCC LINK Continued Central control device is unable to Check for defect in central control central control operation receive signal device device reception Check for defect in central control error communication line Check termination resistance setting Check power supply for devices at other end of central control communication line Check defect in P C boards of devices at other end of central control communication line General Blanket alarm Continued Error signal is input to control Check error input C42 purpose for general operation interfac
319. r PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check resistance characteristics of TD3 sensor Check for defect in 4 way valve Check SV43 circuit for leakage Check SV4 circuit for wiring or installation error involving SV41 SV42 and SV43 P19 Detected No P19 outdoor unit 4 way valve reversing error All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle data is collected during heating operation Check for defect in main body of 4 way valve Check for coil defect in 4 way valve and loose connection of its connector Check resistance characteristics of TS1 and TE1 sensors Check output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps pressure sensors Check for wiring error involving TE1 and TL sensors P20 P20 Activation of high pressure protection All stop Pd sensor detects pressure equal to or greater than 522 psi 3 6 MPa Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defect in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 4 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for defect in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check
320. r temperature 70 F DryBulb Outdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb 43 F WetBulb 072 096 type Equivalent piping length 50 ft Hight difference 0 ft 114 type Equivalent piping length 75 ft Hight difference 0 ft 3 Setting is necessary Select wire size based Value for only outdoor unit on the larger value of MCA MCA Minimum Circuit Amps minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design 7 MOCP Maximum Overcurrent Protection Amps 78 This specification is value as of Jun 2013 please note that specification is subject to change without notice 16 2 4 The amount does not consider extra piping length Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length 5 High pressure switch High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Fusible plug PC board fuse Inverter overload protector 6 Combination unit System with Non ducted indoor units Outdoor unit set model name MMY AP1444HT6UL AP1684HT6UL AP1924HT6UL AP2284HT6UL Outdoor unit model name MMY MAP0724HT6UL MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP0724HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V Ph Hz 460 3 60 Acceptable Voltage V 414 Minimum 506 Maximum Cooling Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h 144 168 192 228 136 168 192 226 Rated power consumption kW
321. r unit priority setting The unit is set to 0000 51 7 2 Applied control of outdoor unit Optional control P C boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below Outdoor unit Control P C board to be used Outdoor unit interface P C board setting No Function for control board PCMO4UL PCINAUL Connector DIPSWNo be connection removed Power peak cut Control Standard Header unit P4 CN513 blue SWO07 1 1 Power peak cut Control Forone Header unit E T CN513 blue SWO7 1 16 input function 2 Powerpeak cut Control Enhanced cie unit 2 CN513 blue 07 12 E Functions 3 Snowfall Fan Control Header unit CN509 black 4 External master ON OFF Control Header unit CN512 blue 5 Night operation sound reduction Header unit CN508 red a _ 2 Control Operation Mode Selection Control Header unit CN510 white 6 Operation Mode Selection Control Header unit 2 CN510 white m 2 101 forced choice i 7 Error Operation output Header unit CN511 green Individual 8 Compressor Operation Output outdoor unit CN514 green 1 9 Operating Rate Output Header unit CN514 green SW16 1 Layout of Outdoor Unit Interface P C Board DIP switch settings and jumpe
322. r wire statuses vary from function to function Jumper wire layout 9 0 09 0 01 0 0J10 0 02 0 0J11 0 0 J03 9 0 12 O 0 J04 0 0J13 0 J05 0 0J14 O 0 J06 9 0 15 0 07 0 0J16 J08 Interface Board Connector layout CN511 GRN 508 RED 510 WHI CNSI3 BLU 52 DIP switch layout SWO6 SW07 SWOS 5 10 511 5 12 SWIS 5 14 7 2 1 Power peak cut control standard Header outdoor unit L1 Display lamp suring power peak cut control le Locally procured Optional PCB Outdoor unit interface PCB Display wire Connection cable For SW1 and SW2 be sure to provide no L voltage contacts for each terminal The input signals of SW1 and SW2 may be pulse input 100 msec or more or continuous make Operation An external power peak cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit L1 Power peak cut control indication lamp SW1 Power peak cut control ON switch ON as long as target power peak cut control has been reached exceeded normally OFF 1 SW2 Power peak cut control OFF switch OFF as long as target power peak cut control has not been reached or exceeded normally ON 1 1 The inputs of SW1 and SW2 can be either pulse 100 msec or wider or step signals Do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously Be sure t
323. rcuit the fan mode may be controlled during defrosting During defrosting control compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 76 6 rps During standby operation compressor speed is in the 24 33 5 rps range It varies from outdoor unit to outdoor unit 45 Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 8 Release valve control 1 SV2 gas balance control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening SV2 while compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are turned on It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit 1 Control conditions In cooling compressors have been turned off In heating the header unit has been shut down 2 Control details The control point is changed according to AP Pd pressure Ps pressure registered just before the compressors were turned off When AP amp P1 SV2 is opened When this results in AP lt P2 SV2 is closed When AP P1 SV2 is closed Unit psi MPa Heating Cooling Control points 5 for Pd Header unit compressors Header unit compressors Header unit compressors pressure OFF OFF ON P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 Header unit 188 5 1 3 159 5 1 1 188 5 1 3 159 5 1 1 m Follower unit 188 5 1 3 159 5 1 1 188 5 1 3 159 5 1 1 72 5 0 5
324. re F C 176 Resistance kQ 50 F 10 C or above Resistance ko 50 F 10 C or above Temperature Resistance 167 75 176 80 Outdoor Unit Pressure sensor characteristics Input output wiring summary Pin No High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps Input output Lead wire color Input output Lead wire color 1 OUTPUT White 2 OUTPUT White 3 GND Black GND Black 4 5V Red 5V Red Output voltage vs pressure High pressure side Pd 0 5 4 3 V 0 540 9 psi 0 3 73 MPa Low pressure side Ps 0 5 3 5 V 0 142 1 psi 0 0 98 MPa High pressure side output voltage V Low pressure side output voltage V 640 740 441 5 1 0 541 3 73 Pressure psi MPa ressure psi MPa Indoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Indoor TA sensor 30 Temperature Resistance CC kQ Resistance 32 0 ko 80 ess 64 50 10 58 86 20 30 Temperature F C 104 40 122 50 140 80 177 Indoor TC1 sensor Temperature Resistance 200 20 PF kQ 4620 93 5015 150 15 23 65 Resistance Resistance ko 55 F 10 C or 55 F 10 C below or above 100 10 50 5 0 0 22 4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 4
325. red Outdoor 7 segment display of Description System status Error detection condition s Check items locations remote Check detection control code Sub code Remote Indoor remote Stop of Communication between indoor Check remote control inter unit control control corresponding P C board and remote control is tie cable A B communication unit disrupted Check for broken wire or error connector bad contact detected at Check indoor power supply E01 e E remote control Check for defect in indoor P C end board Check remote control address settings when two remote controls are in use Check remote control P C board Remote Remote control Stop of Signal cannot be transmitted from Check internal transmission E02 _ _ control transmission corresponding remote control to indoor unit circuit of remote control error unit Replace remote control as necessary Indoor Indoor remote Stop of There is no communication from Check remote control and 1 1 unit control corresponding remote control including wireless Model Connection Interface E03 _ 1 communication unit or 1 1 Model Connection Interface wiring error detected at indoor end Indoor Indoor outdoor Stop of Indoor unit is not receiving signal Check order in which power was unit communication corresponding from outdoor unit turned on for indoor and outdoor circuit error unit units E04 detected at Check indoor address setting indoor e
326. rence between suction and discharge temperatures 1 Cooling operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in COOL mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 46 4 8 or more it is normal 2 Heating operation After operating for a minimum of 30 minutes in HEAT mode if the AT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 59 F 15 C or more it is normal f demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set by the remote control and the temperature of the room is small then the AT temperature difference is small Consider that AT temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity the pipe length is long or a large difference exists among outdoor units Note 2 Criteria for operating power current The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit Under standard conditions operating current is about 8096 of the value shown in the table below Model MMY MAP 0724HT6UL 0964HT6UL 1144HT6UL Current value A 18 23 24 Note 3 Criteria for cycle status 1 These data are based on operating a 4 way Cassette type air conditioner of 10096 connection with standard piping length Data may vary depending on tem
327. revolutions x10 rps 1 53 63 Outdoor fan mode x1 mode 0058 58 mode P 54 64 Compressor IPDU 1 heat sink temperature x1 F 5 55 65 Compressor IPDU 2 heat sink temperature 1 0080 80 F 56 66 Compressor IPDU 3 heat sink temperature 1 57 67 Outdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature 1 5 0 0010 Heating recovery controlled 5 58 Heating cooling recovery controlled 1 Recovery controlled 0001 Cooling recovery controlled 8 59 5 0010 release controlled 6 5A Discharge temperature release 5 0 Normal 0001 Discharge temperature release controlled Eallbwer unitrelesse 1 Release controlled 0100 U2 outdoor unit release controlled 5B Hox RB 0010 03 outdoor unit release controlled 02 04 05 0001 04 outdoor unit release controlled 5F 6F Outdoor unit capacity x10 ton 0080 8 ton 1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor This temperature is not displayed for other types 2 When the units are connected to a group data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed 3 The first digit of an CODE No indicates the outdoor unit number 4 The upper digit of an CODE No 4 indicates the outdoor unit number 5 U1 outdoor unit Header unit 2 U2 outdoor unit Follower unit 1 5 Only the CODE No 5 of U1 outdoor unit Header unit is displayed 108
328. rian 1 p Ed vm s L pied 557 m 1 T Im JOWJOJSUEI soroan 1 RUS j oxuoo jeuruue L zal E51 tom id he awe 292 avers sent 81 51 29 Boon uomons 1osues edid 151 Josuas 01 l ova inofe sped Josues duiej pinbr1 LL 105095 dwa JIO GAL PAL ZAL IAL mak ic THAR Josues duiej LaL 1 ih 3 gt 10sues edid ZGL LOL ELI a 8 OEMS LIMS ae H 4 1 1 OND uoi KINS CMS 295 MS amp fosas vens pens zs iss 8718 i MN youms SLMS SOMS POMS 9 9 upyws 0MS ZOMS LOMS S 0 iE Erici VoU ISAS a s 24 ur 109 Aem Z 7 6 EAS josssiduio 7 521 i fits DEAS 11049 4osseudwiod TRES ap 10151501 091019 jueuuno usmy tt 5 asind ZAWd LAWd ho x Nols Gants cee de Got ee 800110022021 Josue
329. rted Refer to the following table only the setup indoor unit starts operation In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote control the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped In this case is displayed 7 segment display B on the interface board of the header unit lt Operation procedure gt Power ON __ sure to turn on power indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed with SW01 SW02 SW03 being 1 1 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The unit which is not given with priority by heating Set up the operation mode of the remote control If it is not set up the operation continues with the current mode Match the rotary switches on the 7 segment display T interface board of the header unit to the T 1 following table Address display of corresponding 00 is displayed for 5 seconds after operation ON priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case Djoperation ready or operation mode controlled is displayed on the remote control 7 segment display 7 segment display 8 51 05
330. s 2 Press the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The indoor address in which error is being detected is displayed on 7 segment display B If there are multiple indoor address in which error is being detected they are successively exchanged and displayed When SWO5 is turned on again the display returns to display of No of units 7 segment display 1 T Address display Cor H of misconnected indoor unit X After check return the rotary switches SWO01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 1 1 7 segment display A B U1 7 segment display A 7 segment display B Operation This check operation requires 15 minutes even if there is no misconnection or there is any misconnection 51 01 51 02 Sw03 lt Rotary switches gt 92 8 7 2 Function to start stop ON OFF indoor unit from outdoor unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Function Outline Setup Release 7 segment display Cooling test Changes the mode of all the Setup Section A Section B operation connected indoor units collectively Set SW01 SW02 SW03 to 2 5 1 and C to cooling test operation press SW04 for 2 s
331. s SW05 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 13 Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair 8 6 Select outdoor unit with lowest unit No as outdoor unit for pressure adjustment fully close gas pipe service valve Failed out outdoor unit oor unit L Approx 10 minutes after system startup Unit for pressure adjustment F m3 9 Set SW01 02 03 to While monitoring gt to have 1 2 2 to have low sensor output adjust pressure to low pressure sensor pressure sensor around 17 psi 0 12 MPa by slowly output displayed output displayed closing gas pipe service valve Ps HH Ps 4651 M Wait until low pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical and after letting system continue operating for while longer fully close gas pipe service valve This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation 12 When low pressure ied output of failed outdoor unit falls below 14 5 psi 0 10 MPa fully close balance pipe p
332. s by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts 1 4 Cut the jumper wires of the service board as instructed in the table below The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the table below If the model is not specified inspection code L10 is displayed and the equipment will not operate Model name J12 J11 J10 J09 J22 425 Service Board Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MMY MAP0724HT6UL Cut MMY MAP1144HT6UL Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut MMY MAPO964HT6UL Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Interface P C Board 1 1 us unts 431 6V 450 i Dip Switches dut Push this to the A IE 5 direction of the SW11 SW12 Sw13 Sw14 And remove ihe PGB SW16 Sw17 e AM PCB Mounts 1 contact other parts 9 Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation 223 14 1 4 Inverter P C board for compressor replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 489 Inverter P C board for MMY MAP0724HT6UL MCC 1596 ASM PCB A3IPDU Compressorr MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment Set the dip switch SW800 setting of the service board to the s
333. s eunsseJd Sd L 1 go ora ensseid dd N3339 NYO p doors dom cito ub ee ea dates US oc UB 1155W NMOG8 ode tne 86297 000 vao 2 31 ES A LUDERE 3 Josse1duioo 10 0 0 ZIN2 1 LW231 ANd Y a Duo Bc m Jejeeu eseo Jojejnuinooy Aveo 8 M 8 2m aseo Zi3lV3H FH31V3H X18 D dodo ae d de uu ck AS oy dp Tie END aug feta ne ue m ma PULA up 40544 2 42 J a A009 Y8L 123 024 19 A oh TEES SENSE ms 020 ino 4 96291 55 3LIHM T T8 09291 000 repens munem _ IHM ae ae vez91 99W dew ES oco FARE a KERN Rd 3 v mare mi heat A NM 5 5 4 9091 OOW pao 4 f x EL on BB fe z 9 105324409 S
334. s to the normal stopped status F TEMP OFF gt 4 TMER SET FAN lt MODE CB 3 THE VENT Csr ALTER RESET TEST SET a SWINGFIX UNIT LONER aD Cry gt Wireless remote control Except the 4 way Cassette type and the Ceiling type Procedure Operation content Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a screwdriver or similar tool into the notch at the bottom of the plate and set the DIP switch to TEST RUN ON Execute a test operation with the T button on the wireless remote control The and LEDs blink during test operation 2 Under TEST RUN status temperature adjustment from the wireless remote control is invalid Do not use this method of operation other than for test operation because the equipment will be damaged Use either the sf COOL HEAT operation mode for a test operation The outdoor unit does not operate for approximately 3 minutes after powering on or stopping operation After the test operation is finished stop the air conditioner from the wireless remote control and return the DIP switch of the sensor section to its original position A 60 minute timer clearing function is attached to the sensor section in order to prevent contin
335. scharge temperature x1 08 Indoor PMV opening 1 10 pls 0150 1500 pulse S 0A No of connected indoor units x1 unit 0024 24 units Total capacity of connected indoor units x10 ton 0215 21 5 ton 2 0C No of connected outdoor units x1 unit 0002 2 units gt o 00 Total capacity of outdoor units x10 ton 0160 16 ton CODE No i T Data name Display format Unit Remote control display example 10 20 High pressure sensor detention pressure Pd x10 psi 4350 435 psi 11 21 Low pressure sensor detention pressure Ps x10 psi 12 22 Compressor 1 discharge temperature Td1 1 13 23 Compressor 2 discharge temperature Td2 1 SE 14 24 Compressor 3 discharge temperature Td3 1 5 15 25 Suction temperature TS 1 5 0080 80 F 16 26 Outdoor temperature 1 1 E 17 27 Outdoor coil temperature 2 TE2 x1 18 28 Temperature at liquid side TL 1 19 29 Outside ambient temperature 1 BE 5 14 2A PMV1 2 openin x1 Is 8 PS _ 0500 500 pulse 1 2 1 pls 1 2 Compressor 1 current 11 x10 A 1D 2D Compressor 2 current 12 x10 A 0135 13 5 1 2 Compressor 3 current 13 x10 A 1F 2F Outdoor fan current IFan x10 A CODE No T Data name Display format Unit Remote control display example 50 60 Compressor 1 revolutions x10 rps 51 61 Compressor 2 revolutions x10 rps 0642 64 2 rps 52 62 Compressor 3
336. side the transformer housing make sure that 4 7 inches 120 mm of the black tube covered part of the leads extend from the holder 2 When bundling the leads make sure that the distance between the band and the bend is 2 6 inches 65 mm as shown in the figure Screw tightening locations for transformer housing back Transformer housing 10 Screws Two screws each front and back Provide 2 6 inches between __ bottom and lead bend 221 14 Board Exchange Procedures 14 1 Replacement of outdoor P C board 14 1 1 List of service P C boards Part code Description Applicable model P C board type code Product code 431 6V 450 Interface P C board MCC 1606 I F 431 6V 451 Inverter P C board for MMY MAP0724HT6UL MCC 1595 ASM PCB A3IPDU Compressor MMY MAPO964HT6UL 431 6V 452 Inverter P C board for fan MMY MAP1144HT6UL _ MCC 1610 ASM PCB FANIPDU 431 6V 453 Noise filter P C board MCC 1608 A B ASM PCB N F 14 1 2 Configuration of inverter assembly MMY MAP0724HT6UL Interface P C board Outdoor control P C board MCC 1606 Inverter P C board for fan Noise Filter FAN IPDU P C board MCC 1610 MCC 1625 Power supply terminal Va block Relay connector for central control an 57 Inverter board Magnet for Compressor 1 Contact
337. ssor Switch of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes Measure the amount of oil in the faulty compressor Check the color of the oil in the faulty compressor Judge the condition of the oil against color samples and decide whether to replace the faulty compressor only or all compressors Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor s Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity measurement result s This flowchart only shows the standard compressor replacement procedure Since the situation can differ site by site perform the task in accordance with the Install the new compressor s following judgment criteria 1 New compressors are charged with 0 502 gal 1900 cc of oil per unit Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit 2 The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as shown below 724 MAP0964 1144 Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit 1 136 gal 4300 1 770 gal 6700 cc Amount of oil 3 When a compressor is dismantled it usually Refrigerant charging contains 0 211 gal 800 cc 0 370 gal 1400 cc oil The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually 0 0 264 gal 1000 cc for MAP0724 and 0 0 370 gal END 1500 cc for 964 and MAP1144 195 12 2 Replacement of compressors lt Checking color of oil faulty compressor gt La
338. ssure at the check joint of discharge pipe again If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe C Replace the part Leakage of check valve in E 3 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the discharge pipe discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe E Replace the part Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit 4 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen if gas escapes from the oil equalization F pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve F Replace the part 5 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3B valve If gas Leakage of SV3A valve G escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor there is a leak from the SV3A valve Replace the part 6 Then manually open the SV3A valve If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected Leakage of SV3B valve H compressor there is a leak from the SV3B valve Replace the part Clogging of SV3E valve 7 With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen manually open the SV3E valve If gas Clogging of oil return distributor does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor the SV3E valve
339. sumption kBtu h kW Rated EER Btu W Heating Starting Current Nominal capacity Rated capacity kBtu h Rated power consumption Rated COP Soft Start Dimension 76 3 Packing 50 5 Unit Total Weight Packed Unit Color Silky shade Munsell 1Y8 5 0 5 Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output 21 3 2 5 3 Fan unit Fan Propeller fan Motor output 1 0 1 0 Air volume 6 600 7 060 Maximum external static p ressure 0 20 0 20 Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R410A Charged refrigerant amount 25 4 High pressure switch OFF 420 ON 540 Protective devices 5 Electrical specifications Unit MEA 23 MOCP 25 Refrigerant piping Liquid Type Flare Diameter 1 2 Gas Type Brazing Diameter 7 8 Type Flare Balance Diameter 3 8 Indoor units Maximum capacity of combined indoor units 80 to 125 Maximum number of indoor units 16 Operation temperature range Cooling FDB 23 to 109 Heating FWB 5 to 60 Sound pressure level 1 Rated conditions Cooling dB A 60 0 Heating dB A 62 0 Cooling Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb 67 F WetBulb Outdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating Indoor ai
340. swiring or incorrect connection of TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 and TK5 sensor in the unit that has replaced compressor Are the characteristics of the TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 or TK5 sensors of the unit that has replaced compressor correct With the compressor s disconnected check the oil circuit in accordance with the procedure described below To next page 200 No No No Open the balance pipe valves fully Correct the miswiring or connection TK1 CN531 TK2 CN532 TK3 CN533 TK4 CN534 TKS CN535 Replace the faulty sensor lt MMY MAPO964HT6UL MAP1144HT6UL gt Check items and proce dures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor s disconnected Check item Location Procedure 1 With PMV1 2 and 4 fully closed apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe Leakage of outdoor PMV If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases there is a leak from PMV1 2 or 4 A B and either Leakage of check valve in AB discharge pipe check valve C D Replace the faulty parts 2 If the pressure does not increase fully open outdoor PMV 1 and 2 and check the pressure at check joint of discharge pipe convergent discharge pipe again section If the pressure increases there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe D Replace the part With just PMV4 fully opened check the pre
341. t Idc detection circuit detects 01 102 Compressor 2 H01 Compressor breakdown overcurrent 03 Compressor 3 01 Compressor 1 Compressor lockup is detected H02 02 Compressor 2 H02 Compressor error lockup A3 IPDU related errors 03 Compressor 3 Current detection circuit Abnormal current is detected while inverter H03 02 Compressor 2 H03 error compressor is turned off 03 Compressor 3 Ol Compressor d Activation of high pressure P04 02 Compressor 2 P04 ALT SW gmp High pressure SW is activated 03 Compressor 3 01 Compressor 1 A ee P07 02 Compressor 2 P07 Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IGBT TH detects 5 overheating 03 Compressor 3 IGBT circuit 1 Position detection circuit error 3 Motor lockup error 4 Motor current detection TH sensor error P22 D TH sensor error P22 ALT Outdoor fan IPDU error Outdoor fan IPDU detects error E Inverter DC voltage error outdoor fan Note Although letters 0 to F appear at locations indicated by please ignore them 01 Compressor 1 Short circuit protection for compressor motor P26 02 Compressor 2 P26 o ALT Activation of Gl G81 driver circuit components is activated momentary short circuit protection 03 Compressor 3 overcurrent DT Compressor Compressor position Compressor motor position detection error is P29 02 Compressor 2 P29 8
342. t every time they come to a stop their order of startup changes 3 Where two or more follower units are connected every time the system goes thermo OFF or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a stop the priority startup order of the follower units changes as they are also subject to rotational operation 42 Description of operation numerical data and other information Remarks 4 Oil level detection control 1 Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK1 to TKS This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit individually 2 In concrete terms judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature measurements provided by TK1 TK2 or TK3 on the one hand and those provided by TK4 or TK5 on the other If there is depletion oil equalization control takes over 3 This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in operation lt 1 ZA SV2 SV3D separator S en 3 88 OFF OFF SV41 sv amp OFF SV3C X 43 TD3 Oil separator SV3E a amp 5
343. t offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations If a fault occurs in one of the compressors it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining compressor s compressor backup operation If one of the outdoor units fails in a combined outdoor unit system the system can be operated on an emergency basis by keeping only the remaining outdoor unit s outdoor unit backup operation Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below 10 1 Note for backup operation The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure One of the compressors in the same unit fails see Note 1 Compressor backup see Note 2 Go to 10 2 All the compressors in the same unit fail Outdoor unit backup or cooling Go to 10 3 or 10 4 A fault occurs a compressor motor coil e g a layer short circuit Notes 1 3 4 A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part fan or related part or electrical part A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 If the compressor has failed due to a fault in its motor coil e g a layer short circuit do not preform compressor backup operation because of severe oil degrad
344. t registers a low oil level result while at least one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the follower units issues an oil level equation request This control function does not apply to a header unit only system no follower units connected 3 Oil depletion protection control This protective control is This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum performed when a oil level In concrete terms if a low oil level situation continues for 30 minutes the unit Prolonged low oil level is is brought to a protective shutdown followed by a restart 2 minutes and 30 seconds later If protective shutdown is repeated three times the error is confirmed as final There will be no more restarts The error code is H07 6 1 Cooling oil refrigerant recovery control Cooling oil recovery control Refrigerant Performed during cooling this control function aims to periodically collect any takes place approximately oil recovery refrigerating condensate that has built up in inter unit gas pipes and indoor units every 2 hours Control duration is about 2 to control and return it to outdoor units when the compressor operation command is inadequate and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions It is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement condi
345. t transfer efficiency and can cause a breakdown If the sheet comes off the heat sink re apply the sheet as shown in the following figure Remove the PCB Reuse the heat transfer sheet Using little heat transfer paste on the heat Heat transfer sheet flesh color Spread it on the heat sink sink will make easier to install because the heat transfer sheet will stick to the heat sink 224 7 the dip switch SW800 setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB Set the dip switch SW800 depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical control box as shown in the following diagram MMY MAP0724HT6UL MMY MAPO964HT6UL MMY MAP1144HT6UL Dip Switch SW800 Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Right Side Compressor IPDU Left Side Compressor IPDU Middle Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting ON ON OFF OFF For Compressor 1 For Compressor 2 Dip switch SW800 setting Dip switch SW800 setting ON ON OFF OFF For Compressor 3 Dip switch SW800 setting ON OFF 8 In the case with the heat transfer sheet align the sheet with the screw holes on the sheet and the mount
346. ted priority indoor unit as displayed indoor unit other than priority indoor unit 2 2 Synchronized blinking 107 Connection of group control cable to stand alone indoor unit 108 Indoor group address not set 109 Indoor capacity not set Operation Timer Ready L04 Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address XY O 10 Outdoor capacity not set 1 M E 1 M L17 Outdoor model incompatibility error Synchronized blinking L18 Flow selector units error L20 Duplicated central control address L28 Too many outdoor units connected L29 Error in number of IPDUs L30 Indoor external interlock error 118 Synchronized blinking Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready xv pes de 1 Outdoor EEPROM error Other indications not involving check code Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready At 3t 34 S S Synchronized blinking Test run in progress Operation Timer Ready xt xt Alternate blinking Setting incompatibility model automatic cooling heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling only 119 9 4 Check codes displayed on remote control and SMMS i outdoor unit 7 segment display on I F board and locations to be checked For other types of outdoor units refer to their own service manuals Check code Location Wi
347. terface board of the header unit to 1 2 3 Then the system capacity is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected system capacity 7 segment display A 1 1 System horsepower T 1 Check No of outdoor units Set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 3 3 Then No of outdoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of outdoor units 7 segment display 1 T No of connected ioutdoor units I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I d N Check No of indoor units No of units with cooling thermo ON Set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 4 3 Then No of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7 segment display A Check that this display surely matches with the expected No of indoor units 7 segment display A B 1 1 1 No of No of units connected with cooling outdoor thermo ON units T 1 1 Check No of indoor units No of units with heating thermo ON Set the rotary switches SW01 SW02 SW03 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 1 5 3 T
348. the needs of the customer Setup CAUTION In the case of the priority indoor unit mode it is necessary to set up the specific indoor unit chosen for priority operation a single unit only 1 Outdoor unit setup method header unit SW11 Operation Bit 1 Bit 2 OFF OFF Priority heating factory default ON OFF Priority cooling OFF ON Priority operation based on No of units in operation priority given to the operation mode with the largest share of units in operation ON ON Priority indoor unit priority given to the operation mode of the specific indoor unit set up for priority operation 50 2 Indoor unit setup method for priority indoor unit mode The setting can be changed only when the system is at rest Be sure to turn off the system prior to this operation 1 Pushthe amp amp buttons simultaneously and hold for at least 4 seconds The display window will start flashing in a little while Verify that the displayed CODE No is 10 If the displayed CODE No is not 10 press the A button to erase the display and repeat the procedure from the beginning Note that the system does not respond to remote control operation for about 1 minute after the 2 button is pushed In the case of group control the indoor unit No displayed first indicates the header unit yc TIMER SET FAN MODE x CD B SWE VENT
349. the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure etc an emergent operation is available by setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature Operation 1 Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board to numbers as follows e SW01 SWO02 SWOS to 2 1 15 7 segment display t 2 Keep pressing the push switch SWOA on the interface P C board for 1 second more The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode 3 As shown in the following table TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SWO02 on the interface P C board Clear Return SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit to 1 1 1 SW02 7 segment display B TO sensor value 1 50 50 F 2 59 59 F 3 68 68 F 4 77 77 F 5 86 86 F 6 95 95 F 7 104 104 F 8 109 109 F 9 113 113 F 10 5 5 F 11 14 14 F 12 23 23 13 32 32 F 14 35 35 15 41 41 F 16 441 44 If operated with TO sensor fixed by this function the system control operation of the air conditioner may not be based on the specification of the product Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so 105 lt Service support function list gt
350. tion Check connection of fan motor appear at circuit connector locations Flow of current equal to or greater Check for defect in fan IPDU P C indicated by than the specified value is detected board a please during operation of the fan ignore them All stop Sub code Check fan motor Higher temperature than the Check for defect in fan IPDU P C specified value is detected during board operation of the fan All stop Sub code D Check for defect in fan IPDU P C The resistance value of the sensor board is infinite or zero open or short circuit All stop Sub code E Check power voltage of the main Fan IPDU DC voltage protection power supply circuit Checkfor defect in fan IPDU P C The DC voltage higher or lower than board the specified value is detected Check connection of fan IPDU P C board 01 Compressor IPDU G TR short All stop Overcurrent is momentarily Check connector connection and 1 side circuit detected during startup of wiring on A3 IPDU P C board P26 P26 02 Compressor protection error compressor Check for defect in compressor 2 side layer short circuit 03 Compressor Check for defect in outdoor P C 3 side board A3 IPDU 01 Compressor IPDU Compressor All stop Position detection is not going on Check wiring and connector 1 side position normally connection P29 P29 02 Compressor detection circuit Check for compressor layer 2 side error short circuit 03 Compresso
351. tion Timer Ready Sub code remote control ats Flash display Vul 5 A3 IPDU Fan A3 IPDU Fan 1 2 3 IPDU 11213 0110 0A O 02 0 9 03 O O 0 4 dey A There are insufficient number of IPDUs P C 129 04 olol Jol L29 SIM Error in number IPDUs boards in inverter box 05 O 0 o 05 OJO 0 0 0 0 07 OJO JO Circle 0 08 Faulty IPDU 09 Indoor axietnal erer input Indoor unit has been shut down for external error L30 Detected indoor unit No L30 SIM interlock input in one refrigerant detected by indoor unit 2 Outdoor discharge TD1 Outdoor discharge temperature sensor TD1 has Q T temperature error detected abnormally high temperature 00 Open phase detected Open phase power failure Open phase is detected when power is turned on 5 01 Compressor 1 P05 o ALT Inverter DC voltage Vdc Inverter DC voltage is too high overvoltage or too 02 Compressor 2 error low undervoltage 03 Compressor 3 MG CTT error 01 Compressor 1 02 Compressor 2 07 Heat sink overheating Temperature sensor built into IGBT TH detects i error overheating 03 Compressor 3 Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant P10 Indoor unit No detected P10 Indoor unit overflow line due to detection of overflow detected by indoor unit _ Outdoor liquid back
352. tions When cooling operation has continued for at least 2 hours When cooling operation has started compressors have just been turned on though this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions 2 Control details compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on Indoor units are set to the cooling oil refrigerant recovery control mode with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree Compressors are operated at the target speed After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time it is terminated and normal cooling operation resumes 2 Heating refrigerant oil recovery control Performed during heating this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off It also serves the additional purposes of recovering indoor outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control commencement conditions When heating operation has started compressors have just been turned on When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes 2 Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed with those currently not in operation turned on
353. to electric shocks if this warning is not heeded equipment D Connect the cut off lead wires with crimp contact etc put the closed end side upward and then apply a water cut method otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side Insulating measures No fire When performing repairs using a gas burner replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats the pipes may otherwise burn When repairing the refrigerating cycle take the following measures 1 Be attentive to fire around the cycle When using a gas stove etc be sure to put out fire before work otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire 2 Do not use a welder in the closed room When using it without ventilation carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused 3 Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables Refrigerant The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R410A Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it For the products which use R410A refrigerant the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see To prevent miss charging the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22 For an air conditioner which uses R410A never use other refrigerant than R410A For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant R22 etc
354. to OFF SW12 bit2 to OFF and short circuit CN31 PMV4 Open fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW 12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to ON and short circuit CN30 PMV4 Close fully On the interface board of the outdoor unit set the dip switch SW 12 bit1 to OFF SW12 bit2 to ON and short circuit CN31 Clear For both open fully and close fully after 2 minutes the opening returns to the normal opening Be sure to remove the cord used for short circuit after confirmation and set the dip switch SW12 bit1 to OFF and SW12 bit2 to OFF 101 8 7 7 Solenoid valve forced open close function outdoor unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with ON OFF operation of the solenoid valve Operation 1 Set the switches SW01 SW02 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 2 1 3 2 When H r is displayed 7 segment display A keep pressing the switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when 2 is displayed in 7 segment display B SV2 is turned on 4 After then ON and OFF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch SW02 ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below NOTE 1 Display 7 segment display B
355. tral Outdoor Outdoor Central control control control Control wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote control control control control control control Address setting procedure 1 1 indoor units first and then turn on outdoor units 2 About one minute after turning the power on confirm that the 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the header outdoor unit indicates 1 L08 U 1 flash 3 Press SW 15 to start the automatic address setting It may take up to 10 minutes normally about 5 minutes to complete one line s setting 4 The 7 segment display indicates Auto 1 Auto 2 gt Auto 3 After the indication U 1 U 1 flash starts flashing on the display When the flashing stops and U 1 U 1 light remain lit on the display the setting is complete Interface P C board on the header outdoor unit SW04 SW05 Ca 3 0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 88888 24 9101 SW02 5103 OO 8 When 2 more refrigerant lines are controlled as group be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group before setting addresses f you set the unit addresses of each line separately each line s header indoor un
356. tu 1994107 peuoejep 5 JO 994405 JOSUOS JOU SJ 105095 jo 5 329 405 108095 100 S lays eu uoneuBejs E 50 epoo qns lays 1033919109 y vo epoo qns YOOYD FEAS JO uonounijey 10149 72 eouejsisei jo y L 159 JO 1929 10sues y Jo p 10449 uonoejep osues Jo jo Buiuo 4 9 LHI 151 epoo jo JON 1 O d 49949 Jaus ON 10118 Josueg Ped SEGNO SL VESNO 2741 691 ZAL LESNO 329107 Josues JO uonel ejsul 3291107 194 1osseJduioo uoneuDejs 10 uonezijenbe
357. ue to an error in the outdoor unit perform checks in the following steps 1 Open the panel of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electrical control box and check the 7 segment display The check code is displayed in the right hand section of the 7 segment display B U1 000 000 Check code To check the check code set the rotary switches SW01 SWO02 SWO3 to 1 1 1 If there is a sub code the display alternates between the check code DOO 3 seconds and the sub code 1 second Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure If the 7 segment display shows U1 E28 there is an error in a follower unit Press the push switch SW04 on the header unit and hold for several seconds As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the error has occurred comes on open the panel of the unit and check the check code shown on the 7 segment display Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code 165 1 Display of System Information Displayed on Header Outdoor Unit Only SWO01 5 02 SW03 Display detail Unused A B 1 2 System capacity A 6 10 6 to 20 ton B ton No of outdoor units 1 1 2 1 to 2 m d 0 48 0 to 48 No of units connected C 0 C48 0 to 48 No of units with cooling thermo ON S SERI MER Sing oars 0 48 0 to 48 of units conn
358. ues eJnjeJeduie jun Joopul 295 y anjena 5 5 Josues 01 JO sonsuejoeleuo Josues 21 eoeldes pieog Joopui uo 8 00LNO 20090000 Josues LOLS J0j2euuoo 10 uonoeuuoo 12905 10sues 21 JOSUSS 91 JOOPU sneg 5 xyo9u2 141 ewou 1 103 8 I 2 d UO 009 pue O d uo YOND 10 jo X094 Josues 1861 sueeui epoo 11 10sseJduio2 0 2 5 20 Josse1duio2 210 epoo qns Josues HL ci 4 2019 Josuas u ymnq 1891 sneg epoo yoayD O d 4 1 Joopyno 1 si 10sues J Josueg 6 6 uo Josues jun 995 Josues pue YYM S0SNO 103 9 61 10j9euuoo JO uonoeuuoo uoroeuuoosip 0sues LSL Jo uoug uedo epoo 5141 yoys uedo Josuas 61 105095 SL 4l epoo 9 pJeoq
359. unication from error outdoor unit E08 Duplicated indoor address E08 Duplicated indoor address ee ds iba us Indoor automatic address setting is started while S automatic address setting for equipment in other E12 4 E12 Automatic address starting refrigerant line is in progress communication a Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress Indoor unit not found CPP Indoor unit fails to communicate while automatic E15 E15 a o address address setting for indoor units is in progress 3 Combined capacity of indoor units is too large 00 Overloading Too many indoor units 4 01 Number of units connected E16 connected overloading 19 00 No header unit E19 Error in number of outdoor There is no or more than one outdoor header unit 02 Two or more header units header units in one refrigerant line 01 Connection of outdoor unit from Connection to other Indoor unit from other refrigerant line is detected E20 20 refrigerant line found while indoor automatic address setting is in 02 Connection of indoor unit from during automatic address other refrigerant line setting prog Outdoor outdoor E23 E23 o communication cannot be transmitted to other outdoor transmission error Duplicated fol
360. uous test operation x 25 screw 2 pieces mds y Receiver unit h Nameplate Notch Small screw 87 Wireless remote control 4 way Cassette type Wireless remote control Ceiling type Procedure Operation content Procedure Operation content Turn off the air conditioner s power Turn on the air conditioner s power Remove the adjustment corner cap attached to the sensor section from the ceiling panel For removing This operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power 1 method follow the installation manual attached to the 1 has been turned on for the first time after installation and ceiling panel Be careful when handling the sensor for 1 minute when power has been turned on the second section because it has cables connected to it and subsequent times after that After the specified time has passed perform the test operation Remove the sensor cover from the adjustment corner cap held with 1 screw 5 ES F Push the button and change the operating mode Bord 2 0 COOL HEAT with the Mode button 2 oard from off to on Then change the fan speed to High using the Replace the sensor cover and attach the adjustment Ean button corner cap with the sensors to the ceiling panel Turn on the air
361. ure at left is displayed on the LC display section of the remote control Normal status power supplied and operation stopped When power is not supplied normally If no frame is displayed as shown the above figure at right the remote control does not have a normal supply of power check the following items Check the power supply of the indoor unit Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote control Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board not and check for connection failures of the connectors Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box Check for failure of the indoor control PC board 66 8 4 Address setup This product requires address setup before operation Follow this procedure for address setup 8 4 1 Precautions 1 Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply 2 For indoor units address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup Automatic address setup Setup from SW15 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address setup Setup from the wired remote control For details refer to 8 4 3 Address setup 3 Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line In some cases however it may take up to 10 minutes 4 It is u
362. urned Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Indoor Other indoor Stop of Indoor P C board does not operate Check for defect in indoor F29 unit error corresponding normally board faulty EEPROM unit VF Outdoor All stop 1 Outdoor P C board I F does not Check power supply voltage F31 1 EEPROM error operate normally Check power supply noise Check for defect in outdoor board I F 01 IPDU Compressor All stop Inverter current detection circuit Check power supply voltage AC Compressor 1 breakdown detects overcurrent and shuts 460 V 10 side system down Check for defect in compressor 02 Check for possible cause of H01 H01 Compressor 2 abnormal overloading side Check for defect in outdoor 03 board A3 IPDU Compressor 3 side 01 IPDU Compressor All stop Overcurrent is detected several Check for defect in compressor Compressor 1 error lockup seconds after startup of inverter Check power supply voltage side MG CTT error compressor 460 V 10 02 Check compressor system Compressor 2 wiring particularly for open side phase 03 Check connection of connectors H02 3 terminals on A3 IPDU P C side board Check conductivity of case heater Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor Check for defect in outdoor board A3 IPDU Check outdoor MG CTT 01 IPDU Current All st
363. ve Check for leakage of SVA circuit Check SVA circuit wiring or installation error in SV41 SV42 or SV43 P04 P04 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side IPDU Activation of high pressure SW All stop High pressure SW is activated Check connection of high pressure SW connector Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor Check outdoor service valves gas side liquid side to confirm full opening Check for defect in outdoor fan Check for defect in outdoor fan motor Check outdoor PMVs PMV1 2 for clogging Check indoor outdoor heat exchangers for clogging Check for short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air flows Check SV2 circuit for clogging Check for defect in outdoor P C board I F Check for error in indoor fan system possible cause of air flow reduction Check opening status of indoor PMV Check indoor outdoor communication line for wiring error Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check gas balancing SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check for refrigerant overcharging P05 P05 00 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side 03 Compressor 3 side VF Detection of open phase phase sequence Inverter DC voltage Vdc error compressor MG CTT error All stop Open phase is detected when power is turned on Inverter
364. verflow may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit a fire may occur Install the indoor unit at least 2 5 m above the floor level since otherwise the users may injure themselves or receive electric shocks if they poke their fingers or other objects into the indoor unit while the air conditioner is running Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person 1 If you install the unit in a small room take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air conditioner when you implement the measures Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may cause an oxygen deficiency accident Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion Explanations given to user f you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position and contact a qualified service person to have th
365. wer unit Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H05 H05 temperature sensor TD1 discharge temperature sensor TD1 has been wiring error detected _ Activation of low pressure Low pressure Ps sensor detects abnormally low protection operating pressure H07 H07 Low oil level protection Temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 detects abnormally low oil level 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error Error in temperature 08 03 sensor error sensor for level detection TK135 04 TK4 sensor error detection TK1 5 05 5 sensor error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H15 H15 temperature sensor 2 discharge temperature sensor TD2 has been wiring error detected 01 TK1 oil circuit error 02 TK2 oil circuit error Oil level detection circuit No temperature change is detected by H16 03 TK3 oil circuit error H16 o Sron temperature sensor for oil level detection TK1 5 04 TK4 oil circuit error despite compressor having been started 05 TK5 oil circuit error Outdoor discharge Wiring installation error or detachment of outdoor H25 H25 temperature sensor discharge temperature sensor has been wiring error detected Duplicated outdoor Identical refrigerant line address has been 104 104 5 assigned to outdoor units belonging to dif
366. witch setting before replacement Replacement Steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least 3 minute for the capacitor to discharge Check the voltage between A and B to see it is surely discharged before replacement 2 Remove all the connectors and fast on terminals 1 connected to the Compressor IPDU Remove the connectors and fast on terminals by pulling the connector body Do not pull the wire 3 Remove all the 4 screws 2 which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink These screws are to be re used after procedure 4 Remove all the 2 screws 3 which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Frame 5 Remove the Compressor IPDU from the 4 spacers 4 by pinching the top of the spacers by round nose pliers or cutting the top of the spacers by nippers Compressor IPDU Pinch this part by round nose pliers for removing the PCB 1 White wire B 2801 Ex MMY MAP0724HT6UL 4 Spacer 1 Black wire Cut this part by nippers for removing the PCB 1 1 Red wire 1 White ida 4 Spacer are in packed in this 1 Black wire service assembly Compressor IPDU 1596 4 2 Screw 3 Fixation screw 6 There is the model which used the heat transfer sheet flesh color or the heat transfer paste white color on the heat sink In the case with the sheet confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sheet As it can reduce the hea
367. y Relay connector connector connector LA Remote Remote control control bal LAT B Remote control Remote control Individual Group Indoor units automatic setting Line system address 1 1 2 3 Indoor unit address 1 2 1 1 Group address 0 1 0 CAUTION Relay connector connection Never connect relay connectors between the U1 U2 and U3 U4 terminals before completing address setting of all the refrigerant lines Otherwise the addresses cannot be set correctly 72 Manual address setup from the remote control With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not done in cases where indoor unit addresses are decided in advance from the wired remote control or in cases where addresses are change after address setup 1 Arrange one indoor unit and one remote control set to 1 by 1 2 Turnon the power 3 Pushthe O buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more LCD begins blinking Refrigerant line address 3 1 4 Using the 475 buttons set the DN code to 12 Indoor address 1 2 3 1 2 5 Using the a buttons set up the line address address Header Follower Folower Follower Follower match it with the line address on the interface PC In the ab l h l 1 1 ci e ro aE na board of the header unit on the same refrigerant connectin
368. y the faulty compressor down draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe and check its color against color samples Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result ASTM grade Below 4 Replace the faulty compressor only ASTM grade 4 or above Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor s Oil equalization pipe NWARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts When replacing faulty compressor only Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor 0 502 gal 1900 cc at shipment Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained A gal cc by following the steps below 1 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A gal cc 0 lt 0 264 1000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 0 264 gal 1000 cc Lay the new compressor down and draw 0 238 900 gal cc of oil via the oil equalization pipe Notes Do not draw more than 0 238 900 gal cc of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor If the faulty compressor contained 0 132 500 gal cc or less there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit etc Perform checks in accordance with 12 3 Check procedure to search cause of compressor oil shortage 2 Amount of oil in fau
369. ystem capacity 16 A B Additional amount of refrigerant Ib 65 8 3 Check at power on After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test operation check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit After turning on the main power be sure to check in order indoor unit gt outdoor unit lt Check on the outdoor unit gt 1 Check that all the rotary switches SW01 5 02 SWO3 on the interface PC board of the header unit are set to 1 2 If another check code is displayed on the 7 segment display B remove the cause of the problem referring to Section 9 Troubleshooting 3 Check that L08 is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface PC board of the header unit LO8 Indoor address not set up If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing etc the above check code is not displayed and only U1 is displayed on the 7 segment display A Interface PC board IE Push switches 7 segment display A 7 segment display Sw 2 Rotary switches lt Check on the indoor unit gt 1 Display check on the remote control in the case of a wired remote control Check that a frame as shown in the following fig

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

SEH myUTN-80  motorizzazione per porte basculanti a contrappeso motor drives for  SFQ-02IRB - Soundfreaq User Guides  HIV BLOT 2.2 - MP Biomedicals  PPM Users Manual Signature Software  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file